pre-release

Removing some unused new lines and changing some incorrect "can't
release until this is fixed" comments.  Rename license.txt to make
it clear its merely an included file, not itself a licence.

VERSION

@@ -1 +1 @@
-2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)
+2.02.169(2)-git (2017-03-28)

VERSION_DM

@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.02.138-git (2016-11-30)
+1.02.138-git (2017-03-28)

WHATS_NEW

@@ -1,9 +1,17 @@
-Version 2.02.169 - 
-=====================================
-  Lvdisplay [-m] shows more informations for cached volumes.
+Version 2.02.169 - 28th March 2017
+==================================
+  Automatically decide whether '-' in a man page is a hyphen or a minus sign.
+  Add build-time configuration command line to 'lvm version' output.
+  Handle known table line parameter order change in specific raid target vsns.
+  Conditionally reject raid convert to striped/raid0* after reshape.
+  Ensure raid6 upconversion restrictions.
+  Adjust mirror & raid dmeventd plugins for new lvconvert --repair behaviour.
+  Disable lvmetad when lvconvert --repair is run.
+  Remove obsolete lvmchange binary - convert to built-in command.
+  Show more information for cached volumes in lvdisplay [-m].
   Add option for lvcreate/lvconvert --cachemetadataformat auto|1|2.
   Support cache segment with configurable metadata format.
-  Add allocation/cache_metadata_format profilable setttings.
+  Add allocation/cache_metadata_format profilable settings.
   Use function cache_set_params() for both lvcreate and lvconvert.
   Skip rounding on cache chunk size boudary when create cache LV.
   Improve cache_set_params support for chunk_size selection.
@@ -13,7 +21,7 @@ Version 2.02.169 -
   Support conversion of raid type, stripesize and number of disks
   Reject writemostly/writebehind in lvchange during resynchronization.
   Deactivate active origin first before removal for improved workflow.
-  Fix regression of accepting options --type and -m with lvresize (2.02.158).
+  Fix regression of accepting both --type and -m with lvresize. (2.02.158)
   Add lvconvert --swapmetadata, new specific way to swap pool metadata LVs.
   Add lvconvert --startpoll, new specific way to start polling conversions.
   Add lvconvert --mergethin, new specific way to merge thin snapshots.
@@ -26,9 +34,9 @@ Version 2.02.169 -
   Match every command run to one command definition.
   Specify every allowed command definition/syntax in command-lines.in.
   Add extra memory page when limiting pthread stack size in clvmd.
-  Support striped/raid0* <-> raid10_near conversions
-  Support shrinking of RaidLvs
-  Support region size changes on existing RaidLVs
+  Support striped/raid0* <-> raid10_near conversions.
+  Support shrinking of RaidLVs.
+  Support region size changes on existing RaidLVs.
   Avoid parallel usage of cpg_mcast_joined() in clvmd with corosync.
   Support raid6_{ls,rs,la,ra}_6 segment types and conversions from/to it.
   Support raid6_n_6 segment type and conversions from/to it.

WHATS_NEW_DM

@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
-Version 1.02.138 - 
-=====================================
+Version 1.02.138 - 28th March 2017
+==================================
+  Support additional raid5/6 configurations.
   Provide dm_tree_node_add_cache_target@base compatible symbol.
   Support DM_CACHE_FEATURE_METADATA2, new cache metadata format 2.
   Improve code to handle mode mask for cache nodes.
   Cache status check for passthrough also require trailing space.
   Add extra memory page when limiting pthread stack size in dmeventd.
   Avoids immediate resume when preloaded device is smaller.
-  Do not suppress kernel key description in dmsetup table output.
+  Do not suppress kernel key description in dmsetup table output for dm-crypt.
   Support configurable command executed from dmeventd thin plugin.
   Support new R|r human readable units output format.
   Thin dmeventd plugin reacts faster on lvextend failure path with umount.
   Add dm_stats_bind_from_fd() to bind a stats handle from a file descriptor.
   Do not try call callback when reverting activation on error path.
-  Fix file mapping for extents with physically adjacent extents.
+  Fix file mapping for extents with physically adjacent extents in dmstats.
   Validation vsnprintf result in runtime translate of dm_log (1.02.136).
-  Separate filemap extent allocation from region table.
-  Fix segmentation fault when filemap region creation fails.
-  Fix performance of region cleanup for failed filemap creation.
-  Fix very slow region deletion with many regions.
+  Separate filemap extent allocation from region table in dmstats.
+  Fix segmentation fault when filemap region creation fails in dmstats.
+  Fix performance of region cleanup for failed filemap creation in dmstats.
+  Fix very slow region deletion with many regions in dmstats.
 
 Version 1.02.137 - 30th November 2016
 =====================================

configure

@@ -3015,6 +3015,7 @@ ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $
 ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu
 
 
+CONFIGURE_LINE="$0 $@"
 
 ac_config_headers="$ac_config_headers include/configure.h"
 
@@ -6078,7 +6079,7 @@ fi
 done
 
 
-for ac_header in termios.h sys/statvfs.h sys/timerfd.h linux/magic.h linux/fiemap.h
+for ac_header in termios.h sys/statvfs.h sys/timerfd.h sys/vfs.h linux/magic.h linux/fiemap.h
 do :
   as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh`
 ac_fn_c_check_header_mongrel "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default"
@@ -6271,6 +6272,26 @@ _ACEOF
 
 fi
 
+ac_fn_c_check_member "$LINENO" "struct stat" "st_blocks" "ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_blocks" "$ac_includes_default"
+if test "x$ac_cv_member_struct_stat_st_blocks" = xyes; then :
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS 1
+_ACEOF
+
+
+$as_echo "#define HAVE_ST_BLOCKS 1" >>confdefs.h
+
+else
+  case " $LIBOBJS " in
+  *" fileblocks.$ac_objext "* ) ;;
+  *) LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fileblocks.$ac_objext"
+ ;;
+esac
+
+fi
+
+
 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h" >&5
 $as_echo_n "checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h... " >&6; }
 if ${ac_cv_struct_tm+:} false; then :
@@ -15473,6 +15494,12 @@ LVM_MINOR=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '.' '{print $2}'`
 LVM_PATCHLEVEL=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '[(.]' '{print $3}'`
 LVM_LIBAPI=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '[()]' '{print $2}'`
 
+
+cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF
+#define LVM_CONFIGURE_LINE "$CONFIGURE_LINE"
+_ACEOF
+
+
 ################################################################################
 
 

configure.in

@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.69)
 ################################################################################
 dnl -- Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 AC_INIT
+CONFIGURE_LINE="$0 $@"
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([lib/device/dev-cache.h])
 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([include/configure.h])
 
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ AC_CHECK_HEADERS([assert.h ctype.h dirent.h errno.h fcntl.h float.h \
   sys/time.h sys/types.h sys/utsname.h sys/wait.h time.h \
   unistd.h], , [AC_MSG_ERROR(bailing out)])
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/statvfs.h sys/timerfd.h linux/magic.h linux/fiemap.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS(termios.h sys/statvfs.h sys/timerfd.h sys/vfs.h linux/magic.h linux/fiemap.h)
 
 case "$host_os" in
 	linux*)
@@ -120,6 +121,7 @@ AC_C_CONST
 AC_C_INLINE
 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
+AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
 AC_STRUCT_TM
 AC_TYPE_OFF_T
 AC_TYPE_PID_T
@@ -2001,6 +2003,8 @@ LVM_MINOR=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '.' '{print $2}'`
 LVM_PATCHLEVEL=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '[[(.]]' '{print $3}'`
 LVM_LIBAPI=`echo "$VER" | $AWK -F '[[()]]' '{print $2}'`
 
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(LVM_CONFIGURE_LINE, "$CONFIGURE_LINE", [configure command line used])
+
 ################################################################################
 AC_SUBST(APPLIB)
 AC_SUBST(AWK)

coverity/coverity_model.c

@@ -71,6 +71,17 @@ void model_FD_ZERO(void *fdset)
 		((long*)fdset)[i] = 0;
 }
 
+
+/* Resent Coverity reports quite weird errors... */
+int *__errno_location(void)
+{
+}
+const unsigned short **__ctype_b_loc (void)
+{
+}
+
+
+
 /*
  * Added extra pointer check to not need these models,
  * for now just keep then in file

daemons/dmeventd/plugins/mirror/dmeventd_mirror.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
  *
  * This file is part of LVM2.
  *
@@ -25,7 +25,6 @@
 
 struct dso_state {
 	struct dm_pool *mem;
-	char cmd_lvscan[512];
 	char cmd_lvconvert[512];
 };
 
@@ -99,21 +98,14 @@ static int _get_mirror_event(struct dso_state *state, char *params)
 	return r;
 }
 
-static int _remove_failed_devices(const char *cmd_lvscan, const char *cmd_lvconvert,
-				  const char *device)
+static int _remove_failed_devices(const char *cmd_lvconvert, const char *device)
 {
-	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_run_with_lock(cmd_lvscan))
-		log_warn("WARNING: Re-scan of mirrored device %s failed.", device);
-
 	/* if repair goes OK, report success even if lvscan has failed */
 	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_run_with_lock(cmd_lvconvert)) {
 		log_error("Repair of mirrored device %s failed.", device);
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_run_with_lock(cmd_lvscan))
-		log_warn("WARNING: Re-scan of mirrored device %s failed.", device);
-
 	log_info("Repair of mirrored device %s finished successfully.", device);
 
 	return 1;
@@ -154,9 +146,7 @@ void process_event(struct dm_task *dmt,
 			break;
 		case ME_FAILURE:
 			log_error("Device failure in %s.", device);
-			if (!_remove_failed_devices(state->cmd_lvscan,
-						    state->cmd_lvconvert,
-						    device))
+			if (!_remove_failed_devices(state->cmd_lvconvert, device))
 				/* FIXME Why are all the error return codes unused? Get rid of them? */
 				log_error("Failed to remove faulty devices in %s.",
 					  device);
@@ -186,12 +176,9 @@ int register_device(const char *device,
 	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_init_with_pool("mirror_state", state))
 		goto_bad;
 
-	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_command(state->mem, state->cmd_lvscan, sizeof(state->cmd_lvscan),
-				   "lvscan --cache", device))
-		goto_bad;
-
+        /* CANNOT use --config as this disables cached content */
 	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_command(state->mem, state->cmd_lvconvert, sizeof(state->cmd_lvconvert),
-				   "lvconvert --config global{use_lvmetad = 0}' --repair --use-policies", device))
+				   "lvconvert --repair --use-policies", device))
 		goto_bad;
 
 	*user = state;

daemons/dmeventd/plugins/raid/dmeventd_raid.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Copyright (C) 2005-2016 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2005-2017 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
  *
  * This file is part of LVM2.
  *
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 
 struct dso_state {
 	struct dm_pool *mem;
-	char cmd_lvscan[512];
 	char cmd_lvconvert[512];
 	uint64_t raid_devs[RAID_DEVS_ELEMS];
 	int failed;
@@ -74,8 +73,6 @@ static int _process_raid_event(struct dso_state *state, char *params, const char
 			goto out; /* already reported */
 
 		state->failed = 1;
-		if (!dmeventd_lvm2_run_with_lock(state->cmd_lvscan))
-			log_warn("WARNING: Re-scan of RAID device %s failed.", device);
 
 		/* if repair goes OK, report success even if lvscan has failed */
 		if (!dmeventd_lvm2_run_with_lock(state->cmd_lvconvert)) {
@@ -136,9 +133,7 @@ int register_device(const char *device,
 	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_init_with_pool("raid_state", state))
 		goto_bad;
 
-	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_command(state->mem, state->cmd_lvscan, sizeof(state->cmd_lvscan),
-				   "lvscan --cache", device) ||
-	    !dmeventd_lvm2_command(state->mem, state->cmd_lvconvert, sizeof(state->cmd_lvconvert),
+	if (!dmeventd_lvm2_command(state->mem, state->cmd_lvconvert, sizeof(state->cmd_lvconvert),
 				   "lvconvert --config devices{ignore_suspended_devices=1} "
 				   "--repair --use-policies", device))
 		goto_bad;

daemons/lvmdbusd/background.py

@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ import subprocess
 from . import cfg
 from .cmdhandler import options_to_cli_args
 import dbus
-from .utils import pv_range_append, pv_dest_ranges, log_error, log_debug
+from .utils import pv_range_append, pv_dest_ranges, log_error, log_debug,\
+	add_no_notify
 import os
 import threading
 
@@ -42,6 +43,10 @@ def _move_merge(interface_name, command, job_state):
 	# the command always as we will be getting periodic output from them on
 	# the status of the long running operation.
 	command.insert(0, cfg.LVM_CMD)
+
+	# Instruct lvm to not register an event with us
+	command = add_no_notify(command)
+
 	process = subprocess.Popen(command, stdout=subprocess.PIPE,
 								env=os.environ,
 								stderr=subprocess.PIPE, close_fds=True)
@@ -59,6 +64,10 @@ def _move_merge(interface_name, command, job_state):
 				(device, ignore, percentage) = line_str.split(':')
 				job_state.Percent = round(
 					float(percentage.strip()[:-1]), 1)
+
+				# While the move is in progress we need to periodically update
+				# the state to reflect where everything is at.
+				cfg.load()
 		except ValueError:
 			log_error("Trying to parse percentage which failed for %s" %
 				line_str)

daemons/lvmdbusd/cfg.py

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ bus = None
 args = None
 
 # Set to true if we are depending on external events for updates
-ee = False
+got_external_event = False
 
 # Shared state variable across all processes
 run = multiprocessing.Value('i', 1)

daemons/lvmdbusd/manager.py

@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ class Manager(AutomatedProperties):
 				utils.log_debug("ExternalEvent received, disabling "
 								"udev monitoring")
 				# We are dependent on external events now to stay current!
-				cfg.ee = True
+				cfg.got_external_event = True
 
 		r = RequestEntry(
 			-1, Manager._external_event, (command,), None, None, False)

daemons/lvmdbusd/udevwatch.py

@@ -16,9 +16,33 @@ from . import utils
 observer = None
 observer_lock = threading.RLock()
 
+_udev_lock = threading.RLock()
+_udev_count = 0
+
+
+def udev_add():
+	global _udev_count
+	with _udev_lock:
+		if _udev_count == 0:
+			_udev_count += 1
+
+			# Place this on the queue so any other operations will sequence
+			# behind it
+			r = RequestEntry(
+				-1, _udev_event, (), None, None, False)
+			cfg.worker_q.put(r)
+
+
+def udev_complete():
+	global _udev_count
+	with _udev_lock:
+		if _udev_count > 0:
+			_udev_count -= 1
+
 
 def _udev_event():
 	utils.log_debug("Processing udev event")
+	udev_complete()
 	cfg.load()
 
 
@@ -44,10 +68,7 @@ def filter_event(action, device):
 		refresh = True
 
 	if refresh:
-		# Place this on the queue so any other operations will sequence behind it
-		r = RequestEntry(
-			-1, _udev_event, (), None, None, False)
-		cfg.worker_q.put(r)
+		udev_add()
 
 
 def add():

daemons/lvmdbusd/utils.py

@@ -510,16 +510,19 @@ def add_no_notify(cmdline):
 	:rtype: list
 	"""
 
-	if 'help' in cmdline:
-		return cmdline
+	# Only after we have seen an external event will be disable lvm from sending
+	# us one when we call lvm
+	if cfg.got_external_event:
+		if 'help' in cmdline:
+			return cmdline
 
-	if '--config' in cmdline:
-		for i, arg in enumerate(cmdline):
-			if arg == '--config':
-				cmdline[i] += "global/notify_dbus=0"
-				break
-	else:
-		cmdline.extend(['--config', 'global/notify_dbus=0'])
+		if '--config' in cmdline:
+			for i, arg in enumerate(cmdline):
+				if arg == '--config':
+					cmdline[i] += "global/notify_dbus=0"
+					break
+		else:
+			cmdline.extend(['--config', 'global/notify_dbus=0'])
 	return cmdline
 
 

daemons/lvmetad/lvmetad-client.h

@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 #define LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1		"LVM1"
 #define LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES	"DUPLICATES"
 #define LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE	"VGRESTORE"
+#define LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR		"REPAIR"
 
 struct volume_group;
 

daemons/lvmetad/lvmetad-core.c

@@ -203,8 +203,9 @@ struct vg_info {
 #define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1       0x00000008
 #define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES 0x00000010
 #define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE  0x00000020
+#define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR     0x00000040
 
-#define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_ALL (GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1 | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE)
+#define GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_ALL (GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1 | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES | GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE)
 
 #define VGFL_INVALID 0x00000001
 
@@ -2355,6 +2356,8 @@ static response set_global_info(lvmetad_state *s, request r)
 	if ((reason = daemon_request_str(r, "disable_reason", NULL))) {
 		if (strstr(reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT))
 			reason_flags |= GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT;
+		if (strstr(reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR))
+			reason_flags |= GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR;
 		if (strstr(reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1))
 			reason_flags |= GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1;
 		if (strstr(reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES))
@@ -2418,8 +2421,9 @@ static response get_global_info(lvmetad_state *s, request r)
 	pid = (int)daemon_request_int(r, "pid", 0);
 
 	if (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE) {
-		snprintf(reason, REASON_BUF_SIZE - 1, "%s%s%s%s",
+		snprintf(reason, REASON_BUF_SIZE - 1, "%s%s%s%s%s",
 			 (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT)     ? LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT "," : "",
+			 (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR)     ? LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR "," : "",
 			 (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1)       ? LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1 "," : "",
 			 (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES) ? LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DUPLICATES "," : "",
 			 (s->flags & GLFL_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE)  ? LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_VGRESTORE "," : "");

include/configure.h.in

@@ -491,6 +491,9 @@
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/file.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H
 
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/inotify.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_INOTIFY_H
+
 /* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ioctl.h> header file. */
 #undef HAVE_SYS_IOCTL_H
 
@@ -626,6 +629,9 @@
 /* Define to 1 to include code that uses lvmpolld. */
 #undef LVMPOLLD_SUPPORT
 
+/* configure command line used */
+#undef LVM_CONFIGURE_LINE
+
 /* Path to lvm binary. */
 #undef LVM_PATH
 

lib/cache/lvmetad.c

@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ static int _log_debug_inequality(const char *name, struct dm_config_node *a, str
 					log_debug_lvmetad("VG %s metadata inequality at %s / %s: %s / %s",
 							  name, a->key, b->key, av->v.str, bv->v.str);
 				else if (a->v->type == DM_CFG_INT && b->v->type == DM_CFG_INT)
-					log_debug_lvmetad("VG %s metadata inequality at %s / %s: " FMTi64 " / " FMTi64,
+					log_debug_lvmetad("VG %s metadata inequality at %s / %s: " FMTd64 " / " FMTd64,
 							  name, a->key, b->key, av->v.i, bv->v.i);
 				else
 					log_debug_lvmetad("VG %s metadata inequality at %s / %s: type %d / type %d",
@@ -2874,6 +2874,9 @@ int lvmetad_is_disabled(struct cmd_context *cmd, const char **reason)
 		} else if (strstr(reply_reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_DIRECT)) {
 			*reason = "the disable flag was set directly";
 
+		} else if (strstr(reply_reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_REPAIR)) {
+			*reason = "a repair command was run";
+
 		} else if (strstr(reply_reason, LVMETAD_DISABLE_REASON_LVM1)) {
 			*reason = "LVM1 metadata was found";
 

lib/format1/import-export.c

@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ int import_pv(const struct format_type *fmt, struct dm_pool *mem,
 int generate_lvm1_system_id(struct cmd_context *cmd, char *s, const char *prefix)
 {
 
-	if (dm_snprintf(s, NAME_LEN, "%s%s%lu",
-			 prefix, cmd->hostname, time(NULL)) < 0) {
+	if (dm_snprintf(s, NAME_LEN, "%s%s" FMTu64,
+			prefix, cmd->hostname, (uint64_t)time(NULL)) < 0) {
 		log_error("Generated LVM1 format system_id too long");
 		return 0;
 	}

lib/format_text/export.c

@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ static int _print_header(struct cmd_context *cmd, struct formatter *f,
 	     _utsname.version, _utsname.machine);
 	if (cmd->system_id && *cmd->system_id)
 		outf(f, "creation_host_system_id = \"%s\"", cmd->system_id);
-	outf(f, "creation_time = %lu\t# %s", t, ctime(&t));
+	outf(f, "creation_time = " FMTu64 "\t# %s", (uint64_t)t, ctime(&t));
 
 	return 1;
 }

lib/metadata/lv.c

@@ -220,7 +220,12 @@ char *lvseg_segtype_dup(struct dm_pool *mem, const struct lv_segment *seg)
 
 char *lvseg_discards_dup(struct dm_pool *mem, const struct lv_segment *seg)
 {
-	return  dm_pool_strdup(mem, get_pool_discards_name(seg->discards));
+	if (lv_is_thin_pool(seg->lv))
+		return  dm_pool_strdup(mem, get_pool_discards_name(seg->discards));
+
+	log_error("Cannot query non thin-pool segment of LV %s for discards property.",
+		  display_lvname(seg->lv));
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 char *lvseg_kernel_discards_dup_with_info_and_seg_status(struct dm_pool *mem, const struct lv_with_info_and_seg_status *lvdm)

lib/metadata/lv_manip.c

@@ -4773,6 +4773,19 @@ static int _lvresize_check(struct logical_volume *lv,
 		return 0;
 	}
 
+	if (lv_is_raid(lv) &&
+	    lp->resize == LV_REDUCE) {
+		unsigned attrs;
+		const struct segment_type *segtype = first_seg(lv)->segtype;
+
+		if (!segtype->ops->target_present ||
+		    !segtype->ops->target_present(lv->vg->cmd, NULL, &attrs) ||
+		    !(attrs & RAID_FEATURE_SHRINK)) {
+			log_error("RAID module does not support shrinking.");
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
 	if (lp->use_policies && !lv_is_cow(lv) && !lv_is_thin_pool(lv)) {
 		log_error("Policy-based resize is supported only for snapshot and thin pool volumes.");
 		return 0;

lib/metadata/raid_manip.c

@@ -39,22 +39,6 @@ static int _check_restriping(uint32_t new_stripes, struct logical_volume *lv)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-__attribute__ ((__unused__))
-/* Check that all lv has segments have exactly the required number of areas */
-static int _check_num_areas_in_lv_segments(struct logical_volume *lv, unsigned num_areas)
-{
-	struct lv_segment *seg;
-
-	dm_list_iterate_items(seg, &lv->segments)
-		if (seg->area_count != num_areas) {
-			log_error("For this operation LV %s needs exactly %u data areas per segment.",
-				  display_lvname(lv), num_areas);
-			return 0;
-		}
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
 /*
  * Check if reshape is supported in the kernel.
  */
@@ -171,6 +155,33 @@ char *top_level_lv_name(struct volume_group *vg, const char *lv_name)
 	return new_lv_name;
 }
 
+/* Get available and removed SubLVs for @lv */
+static int _get_available_removed_sublvs(const struct logical_volume *lv, uint32_t *available_slvs, uint32_t *removed_slvs)
+{
+	uint32_t s;
+	struct lv_segment *seg = first_seg(lv);
+
+	*available_slvs = 0;
+	*removed_slvs = 0;
+
+	if (!lv_is_raid(lv))
+		return 1;
+
+	for (s = 0; s < seg->area_count; s++) {
+		struct logical_volume *slv;
+
+		if (seg_type(seg, s) != AREA_LV || !(slv = seg_lv(seg, s))) {
+			log_error(INTERNAL_ERROR "Missing image sub lv in area %" PRIu32 " of LV %s.",
+				  s, display_lvname(lv));
+			return_0;
+		}
+
+		(slv->status & LV_REMOVE_AFTER_RESHAPE) ? (*removed_slvs)++ : (*available_slvs)++;
+	}
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
 static int _lv_is_raid_with_tracking(const struct logical_volume *lv,
 				     struct logical_volume **tracking)
 {
@@ -1023,6 +1034,7 @@ static int _alloc_image_components(struct logical_volume *lv,
 	struct alloc_handle *ah = NULL;
 	struct dm_list *parallel_areas;
 	struct lv_list *lvl_array;
+	const char *raid_segtype;
 
 	if (!(lvl_array = dm_pool_alloc(lv->vg->vgmem,
 					sizeof(*lvl_array) * count * 2)))
@@ -1036,9 +1048,8 @@ static int _alloc_image_components(struct logical_volume *lv,
 	else
 		region_size = seg->region_size;
 
-	if (seg_is_raid(seg))
-		segtype = get_segtype_from_string(lv->vg->cmd, SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID0_META);
-	else if (!(segtype = get_segtype_from_string(lv->vg->cmd, SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID1)))
+	raid_segtype = seg_is_raid(seg) ? SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID0_META : SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID1;
+	if (!(segtype = get_segtype_from_string(lv->vg->cmd, raid_segtype)))
 		return_0;
 
 	/*
@@ -1690,7 +1701,7 @@ static int _reshape_adjust_to_size(struct logical_volume *lv,
 
 	/* Externally visible LV size w/o reshape space */
 	lv->le_count = seg->len = new_le_count;
-	lv->size = (lv->le_count - new_image_count * _reshape_len_per_dev(seg)) * lv->vg->extent_size;
+	lv->size = (uint64_t) (lv->le_count - new_image_count * _reshape_len_per_dev(seg)) * lv->vg->extent_size;
 	/* seg->area_len does not change */
 
 	if (old_image_count < new_image_count) {
@@ -1821,7 +1832,7 @@ static int _raid_reshape_remove_images(struct logical_volume *lv,
 				       const unsigned new_stripes, const unsigned new_stripe_size,
 				       struct dm_list *allocate_pvs, struct dm_list *removal_lvs)
 {
-	uint32_t active_lvs, current_le_count, reduced_le_count, removed_lvs, s;
+	uint32_t available_slvs, current_le_count, reduced_le_count, removed_slvs, s;
 	uint64_t extend_le_count;
 	unsigned devs_health, devs_in_sync;
 	struct lv_segment *seg = first_seg(lv);
@@ -1861,7 +1872,7 @@ static int _raid_reshape_remove_images(struct logical_volume *lv,
 
 		reduced_le_count -= seg->reshape_len * _data_rimages_count(seg, new_image_count);
 		current_le_count = lv->le_count - seg->reshape_len * _data_rimages_count(seg, old_image_count);
-		extend_le_count = current_le_count * current_le_count / reduced_le_count;
+		extend_le_count = (uint32_t)((uint64_t) current_le_count * current_le_count / reduced_le_count);
 		log_warn("WARNING: Removing stripes from active%s logical "
 			 "volume %s will shrink it from %s to %s!",
 			 info.open_count ? " and open" : "", display_lvname(lv),
@@ -1916,26 +1927,15 @@ static int _raid_reshape_remove_images(struct logical_volume *lv,
 		 * -> remove the freed up images and reduce LV size
 		 *
 		 */
-		for (active_lvs = removed_lvs = s = 0; s < seg->area_count; s++) {
-			struct logical_volume *slv;
-
-			if (!seg_lv(seg, s) || !(slv = seg_lv(seg, s))) {
-				log_error("Missing image sub lv off LV %s.", display_lvname(lv));
-				return 0;
-			}
-
-			if (slv->status & LV_REMOVE_AFTER_RESHAPE)
-				removed_lvs++;
-			else
-				active_lvs++;
-		}
+		if (!_get_available_removed_sublvs(lv, &available_slvs,  &removed_slvs))
+			return_0;
 
 		if (devs_in_sync != new_image_count) {
 			log_error("No correct kernel/lvm active LV count on %s.", display_lvname(lv));
 			return 0;
 		}
 
-		if (active_lvs + removed_lvs != old_image_count) {
+		if (available_slvs + removed_slvs != old_image_count) {
 			log_error ("No correct kernel/lvm total LV count on %s.", display_lvname(lv));
 			return 0;
 		}
@@ -2305,7 +2305,8 @@ static int _raid_reshape(struct logical_volume *lv,
 	} if (!_vg_write_commit_backup(lv->vg))
 		return 0;
 
-	return 1; // force_repair ? _lv_cond_repair(lv) : 1;
+	return 1; 
+	/* FIXME force_repair ? _lv_cond_repair(lv) : 1; */
 }
 
 /*
@@ -2325,6 +2326,8 @@ static int _raid_reshape(struct logical_volume *lv,
  * 1 -> allowed reshape request
  * 2 -> prohibited reshape request
  * 3 -> allowed region size change request
+ *
+ * FIXME Use alternative mechanism - separate parameter or enum.
  */
 static int _reshape_requested(const struct logical_volume *lv, const struct segment_type *segtype,
 			      const int data_copies, const uint32_t region_size,
@@ -2364,33 +2367,6 @@ static int _reshape_requested(const struct logical_volume *lv, const struct segm
 			  display_lvname(lv));
 		return 2;
 	}
-#if 0
-	if ((_lv_is_duplicating(lv) || lv_is_duplicated(lv)) &&
-	    ((seg_is_raid1(seg) ? 0 : (stripes != _data_rimages_count(seg, seg->area_count))) ||
-	     data_copies != seg->data_copies))
-		goto err;
-	if ((!seg_is_striped(seg) && segtype_is_raid10_far(segtype)) ||
-	    (seg_is_raid10_far(seg) && !segtype_is_striped(segtype))) {
-		if (data_copies == seg->data_copies &&
-		    region_size == seg->region_size) {
-			log_error("Can't convert %sraid10_far.",
-				  seg_is_raid10_far(seg) ? "" : "to ");
-			goto err;
-		}
-	}
-
-	if (seg_is_raid10_far(seg)) {
-		if (stripes != _data_rimages_count(seg, seg->area_count)) {
-			log_error("Can't change stripes in raid10_far.");
-			goto err;
-		}
-
-		if (stripe_size != seg->stripe_size) {
-			log_error("Can't change stripe size in raid10_far.");
-			goto err;
-		}
-	}
-#endif
 
 	if (seg_is_any_raid10(seg) && seg->area_count > 2 &&
 	    stripes && stripes < seg->area_count - seg->segtype->parity_devs) {
@@ -2401,46 +2377,8 @@ static int _reshape_requested(const struct logical_volume *lv, const struct segm
 	if (data_copies != seg->data_copies) {
 		if (seg_is_raid10_near(seg))
 			return 0;
-#if 0
-		if (seg_is_raid10_far(seg))
-			return segtype_is_raid10_far(segtype) ? 1 : 0;
-
-		if (seg_is_raid10_offset(seg)) {
-			log_error("Can't change number of data copies on %s LV %s.",
-				  lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv));
-			goto err;
-		}
-#endif
 	}
 
-#if 0
-	/* raid10_{near,offset} case */
-	if ((seg_is_raid10_near(seg) && segtype_is_raid10_offset(segtype)) ||
-	    (seg_is_raid10_offset(seg) && segtype_is_raid10_near(segtype))) {
-		if (stripes >= seg->area_count)
-			return 1;
-
-		goto err;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * raid10_far is not reshapable in MD at all;
-	 * lvm/dm adds reshape capability to add/remove data_copies
-	 */
-	if (seg_is_raid10_far(seg) && segtype_is_raid10_far(segtype)) {
-		if (stripes && stripes == seg->area_count &&
-		    data_copies > 1 &&
-		    data_copies <= seg->area_count &&
-		    data_copies != seg->data_copies)
-			return 1;
-
-		goto err;
-
-	} else if (seg_is_any_raid10(seg) && segtype_is_any_raid10(segtype) &&
-		   data_copies > 1 && data_copies != seg->data_copies)
-		goto err;
-#endif
-
 	/* Change layout (e.g. raid5_ls -> raid5_ra) keeping # of stripes */
 	if (seg->segtype != segtype) {
 		if (stripes && stripes != _data_rimages_count(seg, seg->area_count))
@@ -2459,12 +2397,6 @@ static int _reshape_requested(const struct logical_volume *lv, const struct segm
 	return (stripes || stripe_size) ? 1 : 0;
 
 err:
-#if 0
-	if (lv_is_duplicated(lv))
-		log_error("Conversion of duplicating sub LV %s rejected.", display_lvname(lv));
-	else
-		log_error("Use \"lvconvert --duplicate --type %s ... %s.", segtype->name, display_lvname(lv));
-#endif
 	return 2;
 }
 
@@ -4827,8 +4759,80 @@ static int _shift_parity_dev(struct lv_segment *seg)
 	return 1;
 }
 
+/*
+ * raid4 <-> raid5_n helper
+ *
+ * On conversions between raid4 and raid5_n, the parity SubLVs need
+ * to be switched between beginning and end of the segment areas.
+ *
+ * The metadata devices reflect the previous positions within the RaidLV,
+ * thus need to be cleared in order to allow the kernel to start the new
+ * mapping and recreate metadata with the proper new position stored.
+ */
+static int _raid45_to_raid54_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS)
+{
+	struct lv_segment *seg = first_seg(lv);
+	struct dm_list removal_lvs;
+	uint32_t region_size = seg->region_size;
+
+	dm_list_init(&removal_lvs);
+
+	if (!(seg_is_raid4(seg) && segtype_is_raid5_n(new_segtype)) &&
+	    !(seg_is_raid5_n(seg) && segtype_is_raid4(new_segtype))) {
+		log_error("LV %s has to be of type raid4 or raid5_n to allow for this conversion.",
+			  display_lvname(lv));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+
+	/* Necessary when convering to raid0/striped w/o redundancy. */
+	if (!_raid_in_sync(lv)) {
+		log_error("Unable to convert %s while it is not in-sync.",
+			  display_lvname(lv));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	log_debug_metadata("Converting LV %s from %s to %s.", display_lvname(lv),
+			   (seg_is_raid4(seg) ? SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID4 : SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID5_N),
+			   (seg_is_raid4(seg) ? SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID5_N : SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID4));
+
+	/* Archive metadata */
+	if (!archive(lv->vg))
+		return_0;
+
+	if (!_rename_area_lvs(lv, "_")) {
+		log_error("Failed to rename %s LV %s MetaLVs.", lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	if (!_clear_meta_lvs(lv))
+		return_0;
+
+	/* Shift parity SubLV pair "PDD..." <-> "DD...P" on raid4 <-> raid5_n conversion */
+	if( !_shift_parity_dev(seg))
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Don't resync */
+	init_mirror_in_sync(1);
+	seg->region_size = new_region_size ?: region_size;
+	seg->segtype = new_segtype;
+
+	if (!_lv_update_reload_fns_reset_eliminate_lvs(lv, 0, &removal_lvs, NULL))
+		return_0;
+
+	init_mirror_in_sync(0);
+
+	if (!_rename_area_lvs(lv, NULL)) {
+		log_error("Failed to rename %s LV %s MetaLVs.", lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv));
+		return 0;
+	}
+	if (!lv_update_and_reload(lv))
+		return_0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
 /* raid45610 -> raid0* / stripe, raid5_n -> raid4 */
-static int _raid45_to_raid54_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS);
 static int _takeover_downconvert_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS)
 {
 	int rename_sublvs = 0;
@@ -4974,79 +4978,6 @@ static int _takeover_downconvert_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS)
 	return 1;
 }
 
-/*
- * raid4 <-> raid5_n helper
- *
- * On conversions between raid4 and raid5_n, the parity SubLVs need
- * to be switched between beginning and end of the segment areas.
- *
- * The metadata devices reflect the previous positions within the RaidLV,
- * thus need to be cleared in order to allow the kernel to start the new
- * mapping and recreate metadata with the proper new position stored.
- */
-static int _raid45_to_raid54_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS)
-{
-	struct lv_segment *seg = first_seg(lv);
-	struct dm_list removal_lvs;
-	uint32_t region_size = seg->region_size;
-
-	dm_list_init(&removal_lvs);
-
-	if (!(seg_is_raid4(seg) && segtype_is_raid5_n(new_segtype)) &&
-	    !(seg_is_raid5_n(seg) && segtype_is_raid4(new_segtype))) {
-		log_error("LV %s has to be of type raid4 or raid5_n to allow for this conversion.",
-			  display_lvname(lv));
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-
-	/* Necessary when convering to raid0/striped w/o redundancy. */
-	if (!_raid_in_sync(lv)) {
-		log_error("Unable to convert %s while it is not in-sync.",
-			  display_lvname(lv));
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	log_debug_metadata("Converting LV %s from %s to %s.", display_lvname(lv),
-			   (seg_is_raid4(seg) ? SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID4 : SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID5_N),
-			   (seg_is_raid4(seg) ? SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID5_N : SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID4));
-
-	/* Archive metadata */
-	if (!archive(lv->vg))
-		return_0;
-
-	if (!_rename_area_lvs(lv, "_")) {
-		log_error("Failed to rename %s LV %s MetaLVs.", lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv));
-		return 0;
-	}
-
-	if (!_clear_meta_lvs(lv))
-		return_0;
-
-	/* Shift parity SubLV pair "PDD..." <-> "DD...P" on raid4 <-> raid5_n conversion */
-	if( !_shift_parity_dev(seg))
-		return 0;
-
-	/* Don't resync */
-	init_mirror_in_sync(1);
-	seg->region_size = new_region_size ?: region_size;
-	seg->segtype = new_segtype;
-
-	if (!_lv_update_reload_fns_reset_eliminate_lvs(lv, 0, &removal_lvs, NULL))
-		return_0;
-
-	init_mirror_in_sync(0);
-
-	if (!_rename_area_lvs(lv, NULL)) {
-		log_error("Failed to rename %s LV %s MetaLVs.", lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv));
-		return 0;
-	}
-	if (!lv_update_and_reload(lv))
-		return_0;
-
-	return 1;
-}
-
 static int _striped_to_raid0_wrapper(struct logical_volume *lv,
 				     const struct segment_type *new_segtype,
 				     uint32_t new_stripes,
@@ -5087,6 +5018,19 @@ static int _takeover_upconvert_wrapper(TAKEOVER_FN_ARGS)
 		return 0;
 	}
 
+	if (segtype_is_any_raid6(new_segtype)) {
+		uint32_t min_areas = 3;
+
+		if (seg_is_raid4(seg) || seg_is_any_raid5(seg))
+			min_areas = 4;
+
+		if (seg->area_count < min_areas) {
+			log_error("Minimum of %" PRIu32 " stripes needed for conversion from %s to %s.",
+				  min_areas, lvseg_name(seg), new_segtype->name);
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+
 	if (seg_is_any_raid5(seg) && segtype_is_any_raid6(new_segtype) && seg->area_count < 4) {
 		log_error("Minimum of 3 stripes needed for conversion from %s to %s.",
 			  lvseg_name(seg), new_segtype->name);
@@ -5952,6 +5896,7 @@ int lv_raid_convert(struct logical_volume *lv,
 	uint32_t new_image_count = seg->area_count;
 	uint32_t region_size = new_region_size;
 	uint32_t data_copies = seg->data_copies;
+	uint32_t available_slvs, removed_slvs;
 	takeover_fn_t takeover_fn;
 
 	new_segtype = new_segtype ? : seg->segtype;
@@ -6003,6 +5948,17 @@ int lv_raid_convert(struct logical_volume *lv,
 		return 0;
 	}
 
+	/* Prohibit any takeover in case sub LVs to be removed still exist after a previous reshape */
+	if (!_get_available_removed_sublvs(lv, &available_slvs, &removed_slvs))
+		return 0;
+	if (removed_slvs) {
+		log_error("Can't convert %s LV %s to %s containing sub LVs to remove after a reshape.",
+			  lvseg_name(seg), display_lvname(lv), new_segtype->name);
+		log_error("Run \"lvconvert --stripes %" PRIu32 " %s\" first.",
+			  seg->area_count - removed_slvs - 1, display_lvname(lv));
+		return 0;
+	}
+
 	/*
 	 * Check acceptible options mirrors, region_size,
 	 * stripes and/or stripe_size have been provided.

lib/metadata/segtype.h

@@ -28,50 +28,50 @@ struct dm_config_node;
 struct dev_manager;
 
 /* Feature flags */
-#define SEG_CAN_SPLIT		0x0000000000000001ULL
-#define SEG_AREAS_STRIPED	0x0000000000000002ULL
-#define SEG_AREAS_MIRRORED	0x0000000000000004ULL
-#define SEG_SNAPSHOT		0x0000000000000008ULL
-#define SEG_FORMAT1_SUPPORT	0x0000000000000010ULL
-#define SEG_VIRTUAL		0x0000000000000020ULL
-#define SEG_CANNOT_BE_ZEROED	0x0000000000000040ULL
-#define SEG_MONITORED		0x0000000000000080ULL
-#define SEG_REPLICATOR		0x0000000000000100ULL
-#define SEG_REPLICATOR_DEV	0x0000000000000200ULL
-#define SEG_RAID		0x0000000000000400ULL
-#define SEG_THIN_POOL		0x0000000000000800ULL
-#define SEG_THIN_VOLUME		0x0000000000001000ULL
-#define SEG_CACHE		0x0000000000002000ULL
-#define SEG_CACHE_POOL		0x0000000000004000ULL
-#define SEG_MIRROR		0x0000000000008000ULL
-#define SEG_ONLY_EXCLUSIVE	0x0000000000010000ULL /* In cluster only exlusive activation */
-#define SEG_CAN_ERROR_WHEN_FULL	0x0000000000020000ULL
+#define SEG_CAN_SPLIT		(1ULL <<  0)
+#define SEG_AREAS_STRIPED	(1ULL <<  1)
+#define SEG_AREAS_MIRRORED	(1ULL <<  2)
+#define SEG_SNAPSHOT		(1ULL <<  3)
+#define SEG_FORMAT1_SUPPORT	(1ULL <<  4)
+#define SEG_VIRTUAL		(1ULL <<  5)
+#define SEG_CANNOT_BE_ZEROED	(1ULL <<  6)
+#define SEG_MONITORED		(1ULL <<  7)
+#define SEG_REPLICATOR		(1ULL <<  8)
+#define SEG_REPLICATOR_DEV	(1ULL <<  9)
+#define SEG_RAID		(1ULL << 10)
+#define SEG_THIN_POOL		(1ULL << 11)
+#define SEG_THIN_VOLUME		(1ULL << 12)
+#define SEG_CACHE		(1ULL << 13)
+#define SEG_CACHE_POOL		(1ULL << 14)
+#define SEG_MIRROR		(1ULL << 15)
+#define SEG_ONLY_EXCLUSIVE	(1ULL << 16) /* In cluster only exlusive activation */
+#define SEG_CAN_ERROR_WHEN_FULL	(1ULL << 17)
 
-#define SEG_RAID0		0x0000000000040000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID0_META		0x0000000000080000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID1		0x0000000000100000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID10_NEAR		0x0000000000200000ULL
+#define SEG_RAID0		(1ULL << 18)
+#define SEG_RAID0_META		(1ULL << 19)
+#define SEG_RAID1		(1ULL << 20)
+#define SEG_RAID10_NEAR		(1ULL << 21)
 #define SEG_RAID10		SEG_RAID10_NEAR
-#define SEG_RAID4		0x0000000000400000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID5_N		0x0000000000800000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID5_LA		0x0000000001000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID5_LS		0x0000000002000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID5_RA		0x0000000004000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID5_RS		0x0000000008000000ULL
+#define SEG_RAID4		(1ULL << 22)
+#define SEG_RAID5_N		(1ULL << 23)
+#define SEG_RAID5_LA		(1ULL << 24)
+#define SEG_RAID5_LS		(1ULL << 25)
+#define SEG_RAID5_RA		(1ULL << 26)
+#define SEG_RAID5_RS		(1ULL << 27)
 #define SEG_RAID5		SEG_RAID5_LS
-#define SEG_RAID6_NC		0x0000000010000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_NR		0x0000000020000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_ZR		0x0000000040000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_LA_6		0x0000000080000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_LS_6		0x0000000100000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_RA_6		0x0000000200000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_RS_6		0x0000000400000000ULL
-#define SEG_RAID6_N_6		0x0000000800000000ULL
+#define SEG_RAID6_NC		(1ULL << 28)
+#define SEG_RAID6_NR		(1ULL << 29)
+#define SEG_RAID6_ZR		(1ULL << 30)
+#define SEG_RAID6_LA_6		(1ULL << 31)
+#define SEG_RAID6_LS_6		(1ULL << 32)
+#define SEG_RAID6_RA_6		(1ULL << 33)
+#define SEG_RAID6_RS_6		(1ULL << 34)
+#define SEG_RAID6_N_6		(1ULL << 35)
 #define SEG_RAID6		SEG_RAID6_ZR
 
-#define SEG_STRIPED_TARGET	0x0000008000000000ULL
+#define SEG_STRIPED_TARGET	(1ULL << 39)
 
-#define SEG_UNKNOWN		0x8000000000000000ULL
+#define SEG_UNKNOWN		(1ULL << 63)
 
 #define SEG_TYPE_NAME_LINEAR		"linear"
 #define SEG_TYPE_NAME_STRIPED		"striped"
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct dev_manager;
 #define segtype_is_raid10(segtype)	((segtype)->flags & SEG_RAID10 ? 1 : 0)
 #define segtype_is_raid10_near(segtype)	segtype_is_raid10(segtype)
 /* FIXME: once raid10_offset supported */
-#define segtype_is_raid10_offset(segtype)	0 // ((segtype)->flags & SEG_RAID10_OFFSET ? 1 : 0)
+#define segtype_is_raid10_offset(segtype)	0 /* FIXME ((segtype)->flags & SEG_RAID10_OFFSET ? 1 : 0 */
 #define segtype_is_raid_with_meta(segtype)	(segtype_is_raid(segtype) && !segtype_is_raid0(segtype))
 #define segtype_is_striped_raid(segtype)        (segtype_is_raid(segtype) && !segtype_is_raid1(segtype))
 #define segtype_is_reshapable_raid(segtype)     ((segtype_is_striped_raid(segtype) && !segtype_is_any_raid0(segtype)) || segtype_is_raid10_near(segtype) || segtype_is_raid10_offset(segtype))
@@ -286,7 +286,8 @@ struct segment_type *init_unknown_segtype(struct cmd_context *cmd,
 #define RAID_FEATURE_RAID0			(1U << 1) /* version 1.7 */
 #define RAID_FEATURE_RESHAPING			(1U << 2) /* version 1.8 */
 #define RAID_FEATURE_RAID4			(1U << 3) /* ! version 1.8 or 1.9.0 */
-#define RAID_FEATURE_RESHAPE			(1U << 4) /* version 1.10.1 */
+#define RAID_FEATURE_SHRINK			(1U << 4) /* version 1.9.0 */
+#define RAID_FEATURE_RESHAPE			(1U << 5) /* version 1.10.1 */
 
 #ifdef RAID_INTERNAL
 int init_raid_segtypes(struct cmd_context *cmd, struct segtype_library *seglib);

lib/metadata/thin_manip.c

@@ -100,9 +100,10 @@ int attach_thin_external_origin(struct lv_segment *seg,
 			external_lv->status &= ~LVM_WRITE;
 		}
 
-		// TODO: should we mark even origin read-only ?
-		//if (lv_is_cache(external_lv)) /* read-only corigin of cache LV */
-		//	seg_lv(first_seg(external_lv), 0)->status &= ~LVM_WRITE;
+		/* FIXME Mark origin read-only?
+		if (lv_is_cache(external_lv)) // read-only corigin of cache LV
+			seg_lv(first_seg(external_lv), 0)->status &= ~LVM_WRITE;
+		 */
 	}
 
 	return 1;
@@ -649,8 +650,7 @@ int update_thin_pool_params(struct cmd_context *cmd,
 			return_0;
 	}
 
-	if (zero_new_blocks &&
-	    (*zero_new_blocks == THIN_ZERO_UNSELECTED) &&
+	if ((*zero_new_blocks == THIN_ZERO_UNSELECTED) &&
 	    find_config_tree_node(cmd, allocation_thin_pool_zero_CFG, profile))
 		*zero_new_blocks = find_config_tree_bool(cmd, allocation_thin_pool_zero_CFG, profile)
 			? THIN_ZERO_YES : THIN_ZERO_NO;

lib/raid/raid.c

@@ -473,6 +473,7 @@ static int _raid_target_present(struct cmd_context *cmd,
 	const struct raid_feature _features[] = {
 		{ 1, 3, 0, RAID_FEATURE_RAID10, SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID10 },
 		{ 1, 7, 0, RAID_FEATURE_RAID0, SEG_TYPE_NAME_RAID0 },
+		{ 1, 9, 0, RAID_FEATURE_SHRINK, "shrinking" },
 		{ 1, 10, 1, RAID_FEATURE_RESHAPE, "reshaping" },
 	};
 

lib/report/report.c

@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ static int _translate_time_items(struct dm_report *rh, struct time_info *info,
 	dm_pool_free(info->mem, info->ti_list);
 	info->ti_list = NULL;
 
-	if (dm_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "@%ld:@%ld", t1, t2) == -1) {
+	if (dm_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "@" FMTd64 ":@" FMTd64, (int64_t)t1, (int64_t)t2) == -1) {
 		log_error("_translate_time_items: dm_snprintf failed");
 		return 0;
 	}
@@ -1063,10 +1063,10 @@ static void *_lv_time_handler_get_dynamic_value(struct dm_report *rh,
 						struct dm_pool *mem,
 						const char *data_in)
 {
-	time_t t1, t2;
+	int64_t t1, t2;
 	time_t *result;
 
-	if (sscanf(data_in, "@%ld:@%ld", &t1, &t2) != 2) {
+	if (sscanf(data_in, "@" FMTd64 ":@" FMTd64, &t1, &t2) != 2) {
 		log_error("Failed to get value for parsed time specification.");
 		return NULL;
 	}
@@ -1076,8 +1076,8 @@ static void *_lv_time_handler_get_dynamic_value(struct dm_report *rh,
 		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	result[0] = t1;
-	result[1] = t2;
+	result[0] = (time_t) t1; /* Validate range for 32b arch ? */
+	result[1] = (time_t) t2;
 
 	return result;
 }
@@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ static int _segdata_offset(struct dm_report *rh, struct dm_pool *mem,
 
 		if (lv_raid_data_offset(lv, &data_offset)) {
 			if (new_data_offset && !lv_raid_image_in_sync(seg->lv))
-				data_offset = data_offset ? 0 : seg->reshape_len * lv->vg->extent_size;
+				data_offset = data_offset ? 0 : (uint64_t) seg->reshape_len * lv->vg->extent_size;
 
 			return dm_report_field_uint64(rh, field, &data_offset);
 		}

libdm/libdm-deptree.c

@@ -1734,9 +1734,11 @@ static int _dm_tree_deactivate_children(struct dm_tree_node *dnode,
 		    !child->callback(child, DM_NODE_CALLBACK_DEACTIVATED,
 				     child->callback_data))
 			stack;
-			// FIXME: We need to let lvremove pass,
-			// so for now deactivation ignores check result
-			//r = 0; // FIXME: _node_clear_table() without callback ?
+			/* FIXME Deactivation must currently ignore failure
+			 * here so that lvremove can continue: we need an
+			 * alternative way to handle this state without 
+			 * setting r=0.  Or better, skip calling thin_check
+			 * entirely if the device is about to be removed. */
 
 		if (dm_tree_node_num_children(child, 0) &&
 		    !_dm_tree_deactivate_children(child, uuid_prefix, uuid_prefix_len, level + 1))
@@ -2375,6 +2377,51 @@ static int _get_params_count(uint64_t *bits)
 	return r;
 }
 
+/*
+ * Get target version (major, minor and patchlevel) for @target_name
+ *
+ * FIXME: this function is derived from liblvm.
+ *        Integrate with move of liblvm functions
+ *        to libdm in future library layer purge
+ *        (e.g. expose as API dm_target_version()?)
+ */
+static int _target_version(const char *target_name, uint32_t *maj,
+			   uint32_t *min, uint32_t *patchlevel)
+{
+	int r = 0;
+	struct dm_task *dmt;
+	struct dm_versions *target, *last_target = NULL;
+
+	log_very_verbose("Getting target version for %s", target_name);
+	if (!(dmt = dm_task_create(DM_DEVICE_LIST_VERSIONS)))
+		return_0;
+
+	if (!dm_task_run(dmt)) {
+		log_debug_activation("Failed to get %s target versions", target_name);
+		/* Assume this was because LIST_VERSIONS isn't supported */
+		maj = min = patchlevel = 0;
+		r = 1;
+
+	} else
+		for (target = dm_task_get_versions(dmt);
+		     target != last_target;
+		     last_target = target, target = (struct dm_versions *)((char *) target + target->next))
+			if (!strcmp(target_name, target->name)) {
+				*maj = target->version[0];
+				*min = target->version[1];
+				*patchlevel = target->version[2];
+				log_very_verbose("Found %s target "
+						 "v%" PRIu32 ".%" PRIu32 ".%" PRIu32 ".",
+						 target_name, *maj, *min, *patchlevel);
+				r = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+
+	dm_task_destroy(dmt);
+
+	return r;
+}
+
 static int _raid_emit_segment_line(struct dm_task *dmt, uint32_t major,
 				   uint32_t minor, struct load_segment *seg,
 				   uint64_t *seg_start, char *params,
@@ -2382,6 +2429,7 @@ static int _raid_emit_segment_line(struct dm_task *dmt, uint32_t major,
 {
 	uint32_t i;
 	uint32_t area_count = seg->area_count / 2;
+	uint32_t maj, min, patchlevel;
 	int param_count = 1; /* mandatory 'chunk size'/'stripe size' arg */
 	int pos = 0;
 	unsigned type;
@@ -2411,67 +2459,95 @@ static int _raid_emit_segment_line(struct dm_task *dmt, uint32_t major,
 	type = seg->type;
 	if (type == SEG_RAID0_META)
 		type = SEG_RAID0;
-#if 0
-	/* Kernel only expects "raid10", not "raid10_{far,offset}" */
-	else if (type == SEG_RAID10_FAR ||
-		 type == SEG_RAID10_OFFSET) {
-		param_count += 2;
-		type = SEG_RAID10_NEAR;
-	}
-#endif
 
 	EMIT_PARAMS(pos, "%s %d %u",
-		    // type == SEG_RAID10_NEAR ? "raid10" : _dm_segtypes[type].target,
 		    type == SEG_RAID10 ? "raid10" : _dm_segtypes[type].target,
 		    param_count, seg->stripe_size);
 
-#if 0
-	if (seg->type == SEG_RAID10_FAR)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " raid10_format far");
-	else if (seg->type == SEG_RAID10_OFFSET)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " raid10_format offset");
-#endif
-
-	if (seg->data_copies > 1 && type == SEG_RAID10)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " raid10_copies %u", seg->data_copies);
-
-	if (seg->flags & DM_NOSYNC)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " nosync");
-	else if (seg->flags & DM_FORCESYNC)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " sync");
-
-	if (seg->region_size)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " region_size %u", seg->region_size);
-
-	/* If seg-data_offset == 1, kernel needs a zero offset to adjust to it */
-	if (seg->data_offset)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " data_offset %d", seg->data_offset == 1 ? 0 : seg->data_offset);
-
-	if (seg->delta_disks)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " delta_disks %d", seg->delta_disks);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
-		if (seg->rebuilds[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
-			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " rebuild %u", i);
-
-	for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
-		if (seg->writemostly[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
-			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " write_mostly %u", i);
-
-	if (seg->writebehind)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_write_behind %u", seg->writebehind);
+	if (!_target_version("raid", &maj, &min, &patchlevel))
+		return_0;
 
 	/*
-	 * Has to be before "min_recovery_rate" or the kernels
-	 * check will fail when both set and min > previous max
+	 * Target version prior to 1.9.0 and >= 1.11.0 emit
+	 * order of parameters as of kernel target documentation
 	 */
-	if (seg->max_recovery_rate)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_recovery_rate %u",
-			    seg->max_recovery_rate);
+	if (maj > 1 || (maj == 1 && (min < 9 || min >= 11))) {
+		if (seg->flags & DM_NOSYNC)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " nosync");
+		else if (seg->flags & DM_FORCESYNC)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " sync");
 
-	if (seg->min_recovery_rate)
-		EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " min_recovery_rate %u",
-			    seg->min_recovery_rate);
+		for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
+			if (seg->rebuilds[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
+				EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " rebuild %u", i);
+
+		if (seg->min_recovery_rate)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " min_recovery_rate %u",
+				    seg->min_recovery_rate);
+
+		if (seg->max_recovery_rate)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_recovery_rate %u",
+				    seg->max_recovery_rate);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
+			if (seg->writemostly[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
+				EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " write_mostly %u", i);
+
+		if (seg->writebehind)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_write_behind %u", seg->writebehind);
+
+		if (seg->region_size)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " region_size %u", seg->region_size);
+
+		if (seg->data_copies > 1 && type == SEG_RAID10)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " raid10_copies %u", seg->data_copies);
+
+		if (seg->delta_disks)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " delta_disks %d", seg->delta_disks);
+
+		/* If seg-data_offset == 1, kernel needs a zero offset to adjust to it */
+		if (seg->data_offset)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " data_offset %d", seg->data_offset == 1 ? 0 : seg->data_offset);
+
+	/* Target version >= 1.9.0 && < 1.11.0 had a table line parameter ordering flaw */
+	} else {
+		if (seg->data_copies > 1 && type == SEG_RAID10)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " raid10_copies %u", seg->data_copies);
+
+		if (seg->flags & DM_NOSYNC)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " nosync");
+		else if (seg->flags & DM_FORCESYNC)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " sync");
+
+		if (seg->region_size)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " region_size %u", seg->region_size);
+
+		/* If seg-data_offset == 1, kernel needs a zero offset to adjust to it */
+		if (seg->data_offset)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " data_offset %d", seg->data_offset == 1 ? 0 : seg->data_offset);
+
+		if (seg->delta_disks)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " delta_disks %d", seg->delta_disks);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
+			if (seg->rebuilds[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
+				EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " rebuild %u", i);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < area_count; i++)
+			if (seg->writemostly[i/64] & (1ULL << (i%64)))
+				EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " write_mostly %u", i);
+
+		if (seg->writebehind)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_write_behind %u", seg->writebehind);
+
+		if (seg->max_recovery_rate)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " max_recovery_rate %u",
+				    seg->max_recovery_rate);
+
+		if (seg->min_recovery_rate)
+			EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " min_recovery_rate %u",
+				    seg->min_recovery_rate);
+	}
 
 	/* Print number of metadata/data device pairs */
 	EMIT_PARAMS(pos, " %u", area_count);
@@ -2742,7 +2818,7 @@ static int _emit_segment(struct dm_task *dmt, uint32_t major, uint32_t minor,
 			 struct load_segment *seg, uint64_t *seg_start)
 {
 	char *params;
-	size_t paramsize = 4096;
+	size_t paramsize = 4096; /* FIXME: too small for long RAID lines when > 64 devices supported */
 	int ret;
 
 	do {

libdm/libdm-stats.c

@@ -678,10 +678,10 @@ static void _check_group_regions_present(struct dm_stats *dms,
 
 	group_id = i = dm_bit_get_first(regions);
 
-	for (; i > 0; dm_bit_get_next(regions, i))
+	for (; i > 0; i = dm_bit_get_next(regions, i))
 		if (!_stats_region_present(&dms->regions[i])) {
-			log_warn("Group descriptor " FMTi64 " contains "
-				 "non-existent region_id " FMTi64 ".",
+			log_warn("Group descriptor " FMTd64 " contains "
+				 "non-existent region_id " FMTd64 ".",
 				 group_id, i);
 			dm_bit_clear(regions, i);
 		}
@@ -4563,7 +4563,7 @@ static int _stats_unmap_regions(struct dm_stats *dms, uint64_t group_id,
 		log_error("Could not finalize region extent table.");
 		goto out;
 	}
-	log_very_verbose("Kept " FMTi64 " of " FMTi64 " old extents",
+	log_very_verbose("Kept " FMTd64 " of " FMTd64 " old extents",
 			 nr_kept, nr_old);
 	log_very_verbose("Found " FMTu64 " new extents",
 			 *count - nr_kept);

liblvm/lvm_lv.c

@@ -566,7 +566,21 @@ static lv_create_params_t _lvm_lv_params_create_thin_pool(vg_t vg,
 
 	if (lvcp) {
 		lvcp->vg = vg;
-		lvcp->lvp.discards = (thin_discards_t) discard;
+		switch (discard) {
+		case LVM_THIN_DISCARDS_IGNORE:
+			lvcp->lvp.discards = THIN_DISCARDS_IGNORE;
+			break;
+		case LVM_THIN_DISCARDS_NO_PASSDOWN:
+			lvcp->lvp.discards = THIN_DISCARDS_NO_PASSDOWN;
+			break;
+		case LVM_THIN_DISCARDS_PASSDOWN:
+			lvcp->lvp.discards = THIN_DISCARDS_PASSDOWN;
+			break;
+		default:
+			log_error("Invalid discard argument %d for thin pool creation.", discard);
+			return NULL;
+		}
+		lvcp->lvp.zero_new_blocks = THIN_ZERO_YES;
 
 		if (chunk_size)
 			lvcp->lvp.chunk_size = chunk_size;

make.tmpl.in

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
 # Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
 
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 @SET_MAKE@
 
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ endif
 .LIBPATTERNS = lib%.so lib%.a
 
 %.o: %.c
-	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDES) $(DEFS) $(WFLAGS) $(WCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_$@) $< -o $@
+	$(CC) -c $(INCLUDES) $(DEFS) $(DEFS_$@) $(WFLAGS) $(WCFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_$@) $< -o $@
 
 %.o: %.cpp
 	$(CXX) -c $(INCLUDES) $(DEFS) $(WFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS_$@) $< -o $@

man/Makefile.in

@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@
 FSADMMAN = fsadm.8
 BLKDEACTIVATEMAN = blkdeactivate.8
 DMEVENTDMAN = dmeventd.8
+DMFILEMAPDMAN = dmfilemapd.8
 LVMETADMAN = lvmetad.8
 LVMPOLLDMAN = lvmpolld.8
 LVMLOCKDMAN = lvmlockd.8 lvmlockctl.8
@@ -39,8 +40,8 @@ MAN8=lvm.8 lvmconf.8 lvmdump.8 lvm-config.8 lvm-dumpconfig.8 lvm-fullreport.8 \
      vgck.8 vgcreate.8 vgconvert.8 vgdisplay.8 vgexport.8 vgextend.8 \
      vgimport.8 vgimportclone.8 vgmerge.8 vgmknodes.8 vgreduce.8 vgremove.8 \
      vgrename.8 vgs.8 vgscan.8 vgsplit.8 \
-     lvmsar.8 lvmsadc.8 lvmdiskscan.8 lvmchange.8
-MAN8DM=dmsetup.8 dmstats.8 dmfilemapd.8
+     lvmsar.8 lvmsadc.8 lvmdiskscan.8
+MAN8DM=dmsetup.8 dmstats.8
 MAN8CLUSTER=
 MAN8SYSTEMD_GENERATORS=lvm2-activation-generator.8
 
@@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ endif
 
 ifeq ($(MAN_ALL),"yes")
   MAN8+=$(FSADMMAN) $(LVMETADMAN) $(LVMPOLLDMAN) $(LVMLOCKDMAN) $(LVMDBUSDMAN)
-  MAN8DM+=$(BLKDEACTIVATEMAN) $(DMEVENTDMAN)
+  MAN8DM+=$(BLKDEACTIVATEMAN) $(DMEVENTDMAN) $(DMFILEMAPDMAN)
   MAN8CLUSTER+=$(CLVMDMAN) $(CMIRRORDMAN)
   MAN7+=$(LVMCACHEMAN) $(LVMTHINMAN) $(LVMRAIDMAN)
 else
@@ -87,6 +88,10 @@ else
     MAN8DM+=$(DMEVENTDMAN)
   endif
 
+  ifeq ("@DMFILEMAPD@", "yes")
+    MAN8DM+=$(DMFILEMAPDMAN)
+  endif
+
   ifneq ("@CLVMD@", "none")
     MAN8CLUSTER+=$(CLVMDMAN)
   endif
@@ -112,16 +117,17 @@ MAN5DIR=$(mandir)/man5
 MAN7DIR=$(mandir)/man7
 MAN8DIR=$(mandir)/man8
 
-MANGENERATOR=./man-generator
+MANGENERATOR=$(top_builddir)/tools/man-generator
 TESTMAN=test.gen
 
 include $(top_builddir)/make.tmpl
 
-CLEAN_TARGETS+=$(MAN5) $(MAN7) $(MAN8) $(MAN8:%.8_gen=%.8) $(MAN8CLUSTER) \
-	$(MAN8SYSTEMD_GENERATORS) $(MAN8DM) $(MANGENERATOR) $(TESTMAN)
+CLEAN_TARGETS+=$(MAN5) $(MAN7) $(MAN8) $(MAN8:%.8=%.8_gen) $(MAN8CLUSTER) \
+	$(MAN8SYSTEMD_GENERATORS) $(MAN8DM) $(TESTMAN)
 DISTCLEAN_TARGETS+=$(FSADMMAN) $(BLKDEACTIVATEMAN) $(DMEVENTDMAN) \
 	$(LVMETADMAN) $(LVMPOLLDMAN) $(LVMLOCKDMAN) $(CLVMDMAN) $(CMIRRORDMAN) \
-	$(LVMCACHEMAN) $(LVMTHINMAN) $(LVMDBUSDMAN) $(LVMRAIDMAN)
+	$(LVMCACHEMAN) $(LVMTHINMAN) $(LVMDBUSDMAN) $(LVMRAIDMAN) \
+	$(DMFILEMAPDMAN)
 
 all: man device-mapper
 
@@ -135,21 +141,20 @@ all_man: man
 
 $(MAN5) $(MAN7) $(MAN8) $(MAN8DM) $(MAN8CLUSTER) $(MAN8SYSTEMD_GENERATORS): Makefile
 
-$(MANGENERATOR): Makefile
-	$(CC) -DMAN_PAGE_GENERATOR -I$(top_builddir)/tools $(CFLAGS) $(top_srcdir)/tools/command.c -o $@
-
 # Test whether or not the man page generator works
-$(TESTMAN): $(MANGENERATOR)
+$(TESTMAN): $(MANGENERATOR) Makefile
 	- $(MANGENERATOR) --primary lvmconfig > $@
 
 SEE_ALSO=$(srcdir)/see_also.end
 
+.PRECIOUS: %.8_gen
+
 %.8_gen: $(srcdir)/%.8_des $(srcdir)/%.8_end $(MANGENERATOR) $(TESTMAN)
 	( \
 	    if [ ! -s $(TESTMAN) ] ; then \
-		echo "Copying pre-generated $@" ; \
+		echo "Copying pre-generated template $@" ; \
 	    else \
-		echo "Generating $@" ; \
+		echo "Generating template $@" ; \
 	    fi \
 	)
 	( \
@@ -168,17 +173,44 @@ define SUBSTVARS
 echo "Generating $@" ; $(SED) -e "s+#VERSION#+$(LVM_VERSION)+;s+#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_SYS_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_BACKUP_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_PROFILE_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_PROFILE_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_CACHE_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_LOCK_DIR#+$(DEFAULT_LOCK_DIR)+;s+#CLVMD_PATH#+/data/lvmtest/usr/sbin/clvmd+;s+#LVM_PATH#+/data/lvmtest/sbin/lvm+;s+#DEFAULT_RUN_DIR#+/var/run/lvm+;s+#DEFAULT_PID_DIR#+/var/run+;s+#SYSTEMD_GENERATOR_DIR#+$(SYSTEMD_GENERATOR_DIR)+;s+#DEFAULT_MANGLING#+$(DEFAULT_MANGLING)+;" $< > $@
 endef
 
+# Escape any '-':
+#
+# - multiple (>= 2)
+# - in ' -'
+# - in (cache|thin)-*
+# - in numerical ranges
+# - in single one in '\\f.-'
+define ESCAPEHYPHENS
+sed -i 	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{7\}+\1\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{6\}+\1\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{5\}+\1\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{4\}+\1\\\-\\\-\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{3\}+\1\\\-\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\([^\\]\)-\{2\}+\1\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+^-\{2\}+\\\-\\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+ -+ \\\-+g" \
+	-e "s+\(cache\)-\([[:alpha:]]\{1,\}\)+\1\\\-\2+g" \
+	-e "s+\(thin\)-\([[:alpha:]]\{1,\}\)+\1\\\-\2+g" \
+	-e "s+\([0-9]\)-\([0-9]\)+\1\\\-\2+g" \
+	-e "s+\(\\\f.\)-\([^-]\)+\1\\\-\2+g" \
+	-e "s+\([[:digit:]]\{4\}\)\\\-\([[:digit:]]\{2\}\)\\\-\([[:digit:]]\{2\}\)+\1-\2-\3+g" $@
+endef
+
 %.5: $(srcdir)/%.5_main
 	$(SUBSTVARS)
+	$(ESCAPEHYPHENS)
 
 %.7: $(srcdir)/%.7_main
 	$(SUBSTVARS)
+	$(ESCAPEHYPHENS)
 
 %.8: $(srcdir)/%.8_main
 	$(SUBSTVARS)
+	$(ESCAPEHYPHENS)
 
 %.8: %.8_gen
 	$(SUBSTVARS)
+	$(ESCAPEHYPHENS)
 
 install_man5: $(MAN5)
 	$(INSTALL) -d $(MAN5DIR)
@@ -190,8 +222,7 @@ install_man7: $(MAN7)
 
 install_man8: $(MAN8) $(MAN8GENERATED)
 	$(INSTALL) -d $(MAN8DIR)
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN8) $(MAN8DIR)/
-	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN8GENERATED) $(MAN8DIR)/
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(MAN8) $(MAN8GENERATED) $(MAN8DIR)/
 
 install_lvm2: install_man5 install_man7 install_man8
 
@@ -217,7 +248,7 @@ install_all_man: install install_systemd_generators
 pregenerated_man: all
 	for i in $(srcdir)/*.8_des; do \
 		CMD=`basename $$i .8_des`; \
-		cat $${CMD}.8 > $(srcdir)/$$CMD.8_pregen ; \
+		cat $${CMD}.8_gen > $(srcdir)/$$CMD.8_pregen ; \
 	done
 
 generate: pregenerated_man

man/blkdeactivate.8_main

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
 blkdeactivate \(em utility to deactivate block devices
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B blkdeactivate
-.RB [ \-d \  \fIdm_options\fP ]
-.RB [ \-e ]
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-l \  \fIlvm_options\fP ]
-.RB [ \-m \  \fImpath_options\fP ]
-.RB [ \-u ]
-.RB [ \-v ]
+.RB [ -d \  \fIdm_options\fP ]
+.RB [ -e ]
+.RB [ -h ]
+.RB [ -l \  \fIlvm_options\fP ]
+.RB [ -m \  \fImpath_options\fP ]
+.RB [ -u ]
+.RB [ -v ]
 .RI [ device ]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 The blkdeactivate utility deactivates block devices. For mounted
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ based devices are handled using the \fBdmsetup\fP(8) command.
 MD devices are handled using the \fBmdadm\fP(8) command.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-.BR \-d ", " \-\-dmoption \ \fIdm_options\fP
+.BR -d ", " --dmoption \ \fIdm_options\fP
 Comma separated list of device-mapper specific options.
 Accepted \fBdmsetup\fP(8) options are:
 .RS
@@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ Retry removal several times in case of failure.
 Force device removal.
 .RE
 .TP
-.BR \-e ", " \-\-errors
+.BR -e ", " --errors
 Show errors reported from tools called by \fBblkdeactivate\fP. Without this
 option, any error messages from these external tools are suppressed and the
 \fBblkdeactivate\fP itself provides only a summary message to indicate
 the device was skipped.
 .TP
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
+.BR -h ", " --help
 Display the help text.
 .TP
-.BR \-l ", " \-\-lvmoption \ \fIlvm_options\fP
+.BR -l ", " --lvmoption \ \fIlvm_options\fP
 Comma-separated list of LVM specific options:
 .RS
 .IP \fIretry\fP
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Deactivating the Volume Group as a whole is quicker than deactivating
 each Logical Volume separately.
 .RE
 .TP
-.BR \-m ", " \-\-mpathoption \ \fImpath_options\fP
+.BR -m ", " --mpathoption \ \fImpath_options\fP
 Comma-separated list of device-mapper multipath specific options:
 .RS
 .IP \fIdisablequeueing\fP
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ all the paths are unavailable for any underlying device-mapper multipath
 device.
 .RE
 .TP
-.BR \-u ", " \-\-umount
+.BR -u ", " --umount
 Unmount a mounted device before trying to deactivate it.
 Without this option used, a device that is mounted is not deactivated.
 .TP
-.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose
-Run in verbose mode. Use \-\-vv for even more verbose mode.
+.BR -v ", " --verbose
+Run in verbose mode. Use --vv for even more verbose mode.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 .
 Deactivate all supported block devices found in the system, skipping mounted
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ Deactivate all supported block devices found in the system, unmounting any
 mounted devices first, if possible.
 .BR
 #
-.B blkdeactivate \-u
+.B blkdeactivate -u
 .BR
 .P
 Deactivate the device /dev/vg/lvol0 together with all its holders, unmounting 
 any mounted devices first, if possible.
 .BR
 #
-.B blkdeactivate \-u /dev/vg/lvol0
+.B blkdeactivate -u /dev/vg/lvol0
 .BR
 .P
 Deactivate all supported block devices found in the system. If the deactivation
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ of a device-mapper device fails, retry it. Deactivate the whole
 Volume Group at once when processing an LVM Logical Volume.
 .BR
 #
-.B blkdeactivate \-u \-d retry \-l wholevg
+.B blkdeactivate -u -d retry -l wholevg
 .BR
 .P
 Deactivate all supported block devices found in the system. If the deactivation
 of a device-mapper device fails, retry it and force removal.
 .BR
 #
-.B blkdeactivate \-d force,retry
+.B blkdeactivate -d force,retry
 .
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR dmsetup (8),

man/clvmd.8_main

@@ -8,22 +8,22 @@ clvmd \(em cluster LVM daemon
 .
 .ad l
 .B clvmd
-.RB [ \-C ]
-.RB [ \-d
+.RB [ -C ]
+.RB [ -d
 .RI [ value ]]
-.RB [ \-E
+.RB [ -E
 .IR lock_uuid ]
-.RB [ \-f ]
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-I
+.RB [ -f ]
+.RB [ -h ]
+.RB [ -I
 .IR cluster_manager ]
-.RB [ \-R ]
-.RB [ \-S ]
-.RB [ \-t
+.RB [ -R ]
+.RB [ -S ]
+.RB [ -t
 .IR timeout ]
-.RB [ \-T
+.RB [ -T
 .IR start_timeout ]
-.RB [ \-V ]
+.RB [ -V ]
 .ad b
 .
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ if a node in the cluster does not have this daemon running.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-C
+.BR -C
 .br
-Only valid if \fB\-d\fP is also specified.
+Only valid if \fB-d\fP is also specified.
 Tells all clvmds in a cluster to enable/disable debug logging.
 Without this switch, only the local clvmd will change its debug level to that
-given with \fB\-d\fP.
+given with \fB-d\fP.
 .br
 This does not work correctly if specified on the command-line that starts clvmd.
 If you want to start clvmd \fBand\fP
@@ -48,14 +48,14 @@ enable cluster-wide logging then the command needs to be issued twice, eg:
 .br
 .BR clvmd
 .br
-.BR clvmd\ \-d2
+.BR clvmd\ -d2
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-d
+.BR -d
 .RI [ value ]
 .br
 Set debug logging level.
-If \fB\-d\fP is specified without a \fIvalue\fP
+If \fB-d\fP is specified without a \fIvalue\fP
 then 1 is assumed. \fIValue\fP can be:
 .PD 0
 .IP
@@ -63,30 +63,30 @@ then 1 is assumed. \fIValue\fP can be:
 \(em Disabled
 .IP
 .BR 1
-\(em Sends debug logs to stderr (implies \fB\-f\fP)
+\(em Sends debug logs to stderr (implies \fB-f\fP)
 .IP
 .BR 2
 \(em Sends debug logs to \fBsyslog\fP(3)
 .PD
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-E
+.BR -E
 .IR lock_uuid
 .br
 Pass lock uuid to be reacquired exclusively when clvmd is restarted.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-f
+.BR -f
 .br
 Don't fork, run in the foreground.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-h
+.BR -h
 .br
 Show help information.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-I
+.BR -I
 .IR cluster_manager
 .br
 Selects the cluster manager to use for locking and internal
@@ -94,24 +94,24 @@ communications. As it is quite possible to have multiple managers available on
 the same system you might have to manually specify this option to override the
 search.
 
-By default, omit \fB-I\fP is equivalent to \fB\-Iauto\fP.
+By default, omit \fB-I\fP is equivalent to \fB-Iauto\fP.
 Clvmd will use the first cluster manager that succeeds,
 and it checks them in a predefined order
 .BR cman ,
 .BR corosync ,
 .BR openais .
 The available managers will be listed by order as part of the
-\fBclvmd \-h\fP output.
+\fBclvmd -h\fP output.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-R
+.BR -R
 .br
 Tells all the running instance of \fBclvmd\fP in the cluster to reload their device cache and
 re-read the lvm configuration file \fBlvm.conf\fP(5). This command should be run whenever the
 devices on a cluster system are changed.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-S
+.BR -S
 .br
 Tells the running \fBclvmd\fP to exit and reexecute itself, for example at the
 end of a package upgrade. The new instance is instructed to reacquire
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ methods of restarting the daemon have the side effect of changing
 exclusive LV locks into shared locks.)
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-t
+.BR -t
 .IR timeout
 .br
 Specifies the \fItimeout\fP for commands to run around the cluster. This should not
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ may need to increase this on systems with very large disk farms.
 The default is 60 seconds.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-T
+.BR -T
 .IR start_timeout
 .br
 Specifies the start timeout for \fBclvmd\fP daemon startup. If the
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ The default is \fB0\fP (no timeout) and the value is in seconds. Don't set this
 small or you will experience spurious errors. 10 or 20 seconds might be
 sensible.
 
-This timeout will be ignored if you start \fBclvmd\fP with the \fB\-d\fP.
+This timeout will be ignored if you start \fBclvmd\fP with the \fB-d\fP.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-V
+.BR -V
 .br
 Display the version of the cluster LVM daemon.
 .

man/cmirrord.8_main

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 cmirrord \(em cluster mirror log daemon
 
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-\fBcmirrord\fR [\fB\-f\fR] [\fB\-h\fR]
+\fBcmirrord\fR [\fB-f\fR] [\fB-h\fR]
 
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 \fBcmirrord\fP is the daemon that tracks mirror log information in a cluster.
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ ignored. Active cluster mirrors should be shutdown before stopping the cluster
 mirror log daemon.
 
 .SH OPTIONS
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-foreground\fR" 4
+.IP "\fB-f\fR, \fB--foreground\fR" 4
 Do not fork and log to the terminal.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IP "\fB-h\fR, \fB--help\fR" 4
 Print usage.
 
 .SH SEE ALSO

man/dmeventd.8_main

@@ -7,15 +7,15 @@ dmeventd \(em Device-mapper event daemon
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .
 .B dmeventd
-.RB [ \-d
-.RB [ \-d
-.RB [ \-d ]]]
-.RB [ \-f ]
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-l ]
-.RB [ \-R ]
-.RB [ \-V ]
-.RB [ \-? ]
+.RB [ -d
+.RB [ -d
+.RB [ -d ]]]
+.RB [ -f ]
+.RB [ -h ]
+.RB [ -l ]
+.RB [ -R ]
+.RB [ -V ]
+.RB [ -? ]
 .
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .
@@ -27,46 +27,46 @@ particular events occur.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-d
+.BR -d
 .br
 Repeat from 1 to 3 times (
-.BR \-d ,
-.BR \-dd ,
-.BR \-ddd
+.BR -d ,
+.BR -dd ,
+.BR -ddd
 ) to increase the detail of
 debug messages sent to syslog.
 Each extra d adds more debugging information.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-f
+.BR -f
 .br
 Don't fork, run in the foreground.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-h
+.BR -h
 .br
 Show help information.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-l
+.BR -l
 .br
 Log through stdout and stderr instead of syslog.
-This option works only with option \-f, otherwise it is ignored.
+This option works only with option -f, otherwise it is ignored.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-?
+.BR -?
 .br
 Show help information on stderr.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-R
+.BR -R
 .br
 Replace a running dmeventd instance. The running dmeventd must be version
 2.02.77 or newer. The new dmeventd instance will obtain a list of devices and
 events to monitor from the currently running daemon.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-V
+.BR -V
 .br
 Show version of dmeventd.
 .

man/dmsetup.8_main

@@ -23,12 +23,12 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .  ad l
 .  BR create
 .  IR device_name
-.  RB [ -u | \-\-uuid
+.  RB [ -u | --uuid
 .  IR uuid ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-addnodeoncreate | \-\-addnodeonresume ]
-.  RB \%[ \-n | \-\-notable | \-\-table
+.  RB \%[ --addnodeoncreate | --addnodeonresume ]
+.  RB \%[ -n | --notable | --table
 .  IR \%table | table_file ]
-.  RB [ \-\-readahead
+.  RB [ --readahead
 .  RB \%[ + ] \fIsectors | auto | none ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_DEPS
 .  ad l
 .  BR deps
-.  RB [ \-o
+.  RB [ -o
 .  IR options ]
 .  RI [ device_name ...]
 .  ad b
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .B dmsetup
 .de CMD_HELP
 .  BR help
-.  RB [ \-c | \-C | \-\-columns ]
+.  RB [ -c | -C | --columns ]
 ..
 .CMD_HELP
 .
@@ -67,18 +67,18 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_INFOLONG
 .  ad l
 .  BR info
-.  BR \-c | \-C | \-\-columns
-.  RB [ \-\-count
+.  BR -c | -C | --columns
+.  RB [ --count
 .  IR count ]
-.  RB [ \-\-interval
+.  RB [ --interval
 .  IR seconds ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-nameprefixes ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-noheadings ]
-.  RB [ \-o
+.  RB \%[ --nameprefixes ]
+.  RB \%[ --noheadings ]
+.  RB [ -o
 .  IR fields ]
-.  RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
+.  RB [ -O | --sort
 .  IR sort_fields ]
-.  RB [ \-\-separator
+.  RB [ --separator
 .  IR separator ]
 .  RI [ device_name ]
 .  ad b
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .  ad l
 .  BR load
 .  IR device_name
-.  RB [ \-\-table
+.  RB [ --table
 .  IR table | table_file ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_LS
 .  ad l
 .  BR ls
-.  RB [ \-\-target
+.  RB [ --target
 .  IR target_type ]
-.  RB [ \-\-exec
+.  RB [ --exec
 .  IR command ]
-.  RB [ \-\-tree ]
-.  RB [ \-o
+.  RB [ --tree ]
+.  RB [ -o
 .  IR options ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .  ad l
 .  BR reload
 .  IR device_name
-.  RB [ \-\-table
+.  RB [ --table
 .  IR table | table_file ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -156,9 +156,9 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_REMOVE
 .  ad l
 .  BR remove
-.  RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
-.  RB [ \-\-retry ]
-.  RB [ \-\-deferred ]
+.  RB [ -f | --force ]
+.  RB [ --retry ]
+.  RB [ --deferred ]
 .  IR device_name ...
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .B dmsetup
 .de CMD_REMOVE_ALL
 .  BR remove_all
-.  RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
-.  RB [ \-\-deferred ]
+.  RB [ -f | --force ]
+.  RB [ --deferred ]
 ..
 .CMD_REMOVE_ALL
 .
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_RENAME_UUID
 .  BR rename
 .  IR device_name
-.  BR \-\-setuuid
+.  BR --setuuid
 .  IR uuid
 ..
 .CMD_RENAME_UUID
@@ -198,10 +198,10 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .  ad l
 .  BR resume
 .  IR device_name ...
-.  RB [ \-\-addnodeoncreate | \-\-addnodeonresume ]
-.  RB [ \-\-noflush ]
-.  RB [ \-\-nolockfs ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-readahead
+.  RB [ --addnodeoncreate | --addnodeonresume ]
+.  RB [ --noflush ]
+.  RB [ --nolockfs ]
+.  RB \%[ --readahead
 .  RB \%[ + ] \fIsectors | auto | none ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -244,9 +244,9 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_STATUS
 .  ad l
 .  BR status
-.  RB [ \-\-target
+.  RB [ --target
 .  IR target_type ]
-.  RB [ \-\-noflush ]
+.  RB [ --noflush ]
 .  RI [ device_name ...]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -257,8 +257,8 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_SUSPEND
 .  ad l
 .  BR suspend
-.  RB [ \-\-nolockfs ]
-.  RB [ \-\-noflush ]
+.  RB [ --nolockfs ]
+.  RB [ --noflush ]
 .  IR device_name ...
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_TABLE
 .  ad l
 .  BR table
-.  RB [ \-\-target
+.  RB [ --target
 .  IR target_type ]
-.  RB [ \-\-showkeys ]
+.  RB [ --showkeys ]
 .  RI [ device_name ...]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .de CMD_WAIT
 .  ad l
 .  BR wait
-.  RB [ \-\-noflush ]
+.  RB [ --noflush ]
 .  IR device_name
 .  RI [ event_nr ]
 .  ad b
@@ -355,9 +355,9 @@ dmsetup \(em low level logical volume management
 .  ad l
 .  BR wipe_table
 .  IR device_name ...
-.  RB [ \-f | \-\-force ]
-.  RB [ \-\-noflush ]
-.  RB [ \-\-nolockfs ]
+.  RB [ -f | --force ]
+.  RB [ --noflush ]
+.  RB [ --nolockfs ]
 .  ad b
 ..
 .CMD_WIPE_TABLE
@@ -383,70 +383,70 @@ The second argument is the logical device name or uuid.
 Invoking the dmsetup tool as \fBdevmap_name\fP
 (which is not normally distributed and is supported
 only for historical reasons) is equivalent to
-.BI \%dmsetup\ info\ \-c\ \-\-noheadings\ \-j \ major\  \-m \ minor \c
+.BI \%dmsetup\ info\ -c\ --noheadings\ -j \ major\  -m \ minor \c
 \fR.
 .\" dot above here fixes -Thtml rendering for next HP option
 .
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-addnodeoncreate
+.BR --addnodeoncreate
 .br
 Ensure \fI/dev/mapper\fP node exists after \fBdmsetup create\fP.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-addnodeonresume
+.BR --addnodeonresume
 .br
 Ensure \fI/dev/mapper\fP node exists after \fBdmsetup resume\fP (default with udev).
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-checks
+.BR --checks
 .br
 Perform additional checks on the operations requested and report
 potential problems.  Useful when debugging scripts.
 In some cases these checks may slow down operations noticeably.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-c | \-C | \-\-columns
+.BR -c | -C | --columns
 .br
 Display output in columns rather than as Field: Value lines.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-count
+.BR --count
 .IR count
 .br
 Specify the number of times to repeat a report. Set this to zero
 continue until interrupted.  The default interval is one second.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-f | \-\-force
+.BR -f | --force
 .br
 Try harder to complete operation.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-h | \-\-help
+.BR -h | --help
 .br
 Outputs a summary of the commands available, optionally including
 the list of report fields (synonym with \fBhelp\fP command).
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-inactive
+.BR --inactive
 .br
 When returning any table information from the kernel report on the
 inactive table instead of the live table.
 Requires kernel driver version 4.16.0 or above.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-interval
+.BR --interval
 .IR seconds
 .br
 Specify the interval in seconds between successive iterations for
-repeating reports. If \fB\-\-interval\fP is specified but \fB\-\-count\fP
+repeating reports. If \fB--interval\fP is specified but \fB--count\fP
 is not, reports will continue to repeat until interrupted.
 The default interval is one second.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-manglename
+.BR --manglename
 .BR auto | hex | none
 .br
 Mangle any character not on a whitelist using mangling_mode when
@@ -466,69 +466,69 @@ Mangling mode could be also set through
 environment variable.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-j | \-\-major
+.BR -j | --major
 .IR major
 .br
 Specify the major number.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-m | \-\-minor
+.BR -m | --minor
 .IR minor
 .br
 Specify the minor number.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-n | \-\-notable
+.BR -n | --notable
 .br
 When creating a device, don't load any table.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-nameprefixes
+.BR --nameprefixes
 .br
 Add a "DM_" prefix plus the field name to the output.  Useful with
-\fB\-\-noheadings\fP to produce a list of
+\fB--noheadings\fP to produce a list of
 field=value pairs that can be used to set environment variables
 (for example, in
 .BR udev (7)
 rules).
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-noheadings
+.BR --noheadings
 Suppress the headings line when using columnar output.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-noflush
+.BR --noflush
 Do not flush outstading I/O when suspending a device, or do not
 commit thin-pool metadata when obtaining thin-pool status.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-nolockfs
+.BR --nolockfs
 .br
 Do not attempt to synchronize filesystem eg, when suspending a device.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-noopencount
+.BR --noopencount
 .br
 Tell the kernel not to supply the open reference count for the device.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-noudevrules
+.BR --noudevrules
 .br
 Do not allow udev to manage nodes for devices in device-mapper directory.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-noudevsync
+.BR --noudevsync
 .br
 Do not synchronise with udev when creating, renaming or removing devices.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-o | \-\-options
+.BR -o | --options
 .IR options
 .br
 Specify which fields to display.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-readahead
+.BR --readahead
 .RB [ + ] \fIsectors | auto | none
 .br
 Specify read ahead size in units of sectors.
@@ -539,12 +539,12 @@ smaller than the value chosen by the kernel.
 The value \fBnone\fP is equivalent to specifying zero.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-r | \-\-readonly
+.BR -r | --readonly
 .br
 Set the table being loaded read-only.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-S | \-\-select
+.BR -S | --select
 .IR selection
 .br
 Display only rows that match \fIselection\fP criteria. All rows are displayed
@@ -557,14 +557,14 @@ selection operators, check the output of \fBdmsetup\ info\ -c\ -S\ help\fP
 command.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-table
+.BR --table
 .IR table
 .br
 Specify a one-line table directly on the command line.
 See below for more information on the table format.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-udevcookie
+.BR --udevcookie
 .IR cookie
 .br
 Use cookie for udev synchronisation.
@@ -573,29 +573,29 @@ multiple different devices. It's not adviced to combine different
 operations on the single device.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-u | \-\-uuid
+.BR -u | --uuid
 .br
 Specify the \fIuuid\fP.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-y | \-\-yes
+.BR -y | --yes
 .br
 Answer yes to all prompts automatically.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-v | \-\-verbose
-.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ]
+.BR -v | --verbose
+.RB [ -v | --verbose ]
 .br
 Produce additional output.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-verifyudev
+.BR --verifyudev
 .br
 If udev synchronisation is enabled, verify that udev operations get performed
 correctly and try to fix up the device nodes afterwards if not.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-version
+.BR --version
 .br
 Display the library and kernel driver version.
 .br
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Destroys the table in the inactive table slot for device_name.
 .br
 Creates a device with the given name.
 If \fItable\fP or \fItable_file\fP is supplied, the table is loaded and made live.
-Otherwise a table is read from standard input unless \fB\-\-notable\fP is used.
+Otherwise a table is read from standard input unless \fB--notable\fP is used.
 The optional \fIuuid\fP can be used in place of
 device_name in subsequent dmsetup commands.
 If successful the device will appear in table and for live
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ Device names on output can be customised by following options:
 \fBdevno\fP (major and minor pair, used by default),
 \fBblkdevname\fP (block device name),
 \fBdevname\fP (map name for device-mapper devices, equal to blkdevname otherwise).
-\fB\-\-tree\fP displays dependencies between devices as a tree.
+\fB--tree\fP displays dependencies between devices as a tree.
 It accepts a comma-separate list of \fIoptions\fP.
 Some specify the information displayed against each node:
 .BR device / nodevice ;
@@ -705,11 +705,11 @@ If neither is supplied, reads a table from standard input.
 Ensure existing device-mapper \fIdevice_name\fP and UUID is in the correct mangled
 form containing only whitelisted characters (supported by udev) and do
 a rename if necessary. Any character not on the whitelist will be mangled
-based on the \fB\-\-manglename\fP setting. Automatic rename works only for device
+based on the \fB--manglename\fP setting. Automatic rename works only for device
 names and not for device UUIDs because the kernel does not allow changing
 the UUID of active devices. Any incorrect UUIDs are reported only and they
 must be manually corrected by deactivating the device first and then
-reactivating it with proper mangling mode used (see also \fB\-\-manglename\fP).
+reactivating it with proper mangling mode used (see also \fB--manglename\fP).
 .
 .HP
 .CMD_MESSAGE
@@ -728,16 +728,16 @@ driver, adding, changing or removing nodes as necessary.
 .CMD_REMOVE
 .br
 Removes a device.  It will no longer be visible to dmsetup.  Open devices
-cannot be removed, but adding \fB\-\-force\fP will replace the table with one
-that fails all I/O.  \fB\-\-deferred\fP will enable deferred removal of open
+cannot be removed, but adding \fB--force\fP will replace the table with one
+that fails all I/O.  \fB--deferred\fP will enable deferred removal of open
 devices - the device will be removed when the last user closes it. The deferred
 removal feature is supported since version 4.27.0 of the device-mapper
 driver available in upstream kernel version 3.13.  (Use \fBdmsetup version\fP
 to check this.)  If an attempt to remove a device fails, perhaps because a process run
-from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device, the \fB\-\-retry\fP
+from a quick udev rule temporarily opened the device, the \fB--retry\fP
 option will cause the operation to be retried for a few seconds before failing.
 Do NOT combine
-\fB\-\-force\fP and \fB\-\-udevcookie\fP, as udev may start to process udev
+\fB--force\fP and \fB--udevcookie\fP, as udev may start to process udev
 rules in the middle of error target replacement and result in nondeterministic
 result.
 .
@@ -746,8 +746,8 @@ result.
 .br
 Attempts to remove all device definitions i.e. reset the driver.  This also runs
 \fBmknodes\fP afterwards.  Use with care!  Open devices cannot be removed, but
-adding \fB\-\-force\fP will replace the table with one that fails all I/O.
-\fB\-\-deferred\fP will enable deferred removal of open devices - the device
+adding \fB--force\fP will replace the table with one that fails all I/O.
+\fB--deferred\fP will enable deferred removal of open devices - the device
 will be removed when the last user closes it.  The deferred removal feature is
 supported since version 4.27.0 of the device-mapper driver available in
 upstream kernel version 3.13.
@@ -797,8 +797,8 @@ for more details.
 .CMD_STATUS
 .br
 Outputs status information for each of the device's targets.
-With \fB\-\-target\fP, only information relating to the specified target type
-any is displayed.  With \fB\-\-noflush\fP, the thin target (from version 1.3.0)
+With \fB--target\fP, only information relating to the specified target type
+any is displayed.  With \fB--noflush\fP, the thin target (from version 1.3.0)
 doesn't commit any outstanding changes to disk before reporting its statistics.
 
 .HP
@@ -808,9 +808,9 @@ Suspends a device.  Any I/O that has already been mapped by the device
 but has not yet completed will be flushed.  Any further I/O to that
 device will be postponed for as long as the device is suspended.
 If there's a filesystem on the device which supports the operation,
-an attempt will be made to sync it first unless \fB\-\-nolockfs\fP is specified.
+an attempt will be made to sync it first unless \fB--nolockfs\fP is specified.
 Some targets such as recent (October 2006) versions of multipath may support
-the \fB\-\-noflush\fP option.  This lets outstanding I/O that has not yet reached the
+the \fB--noflush\fP option.  This lets outstanding I/O that has not yet reached the
 device to remain unflushed.
 .
 .HP
@@ -818,10 +818,10 @@ device to remain unflushed.
 .br
 Outputs the current table for the device in a format that can be fed
 back in using the create or load commands.
-With \fB\-\-target\fP, only information relating to the specified target type
+With \fB--target\fP, only information relating to the specified target type
 is displayed.
 Real encryption keys are suppressed in the table output for the crypt
-target unless the \fB\-\-showkeys\fP parameter is supplied. Kernel key
+target unless the \fB--showkeys\fP parameter is supplied. Kernel key
 references prefixed with \fB:\fP are not affected by the parameter and get
 displayed always.
 .
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ The output is a cookie value. Normally we don't need to create cookies since
 dmsetup creates and destroys them for each action automatically. However, we can
 generate one explicitly to group several actions together and use only one
 cookie instead. We can define a cookie to use for each relevant command by using
-\fB\-\-udevcookie\fP option. Alternatively, we can export this value into the environment
+\fB--udevcookie\fP option. Alternatively, we can export this value into the environment
 of the dmsetup process as \fBDM_UDEV_COOKIE\fP variable and it will be used automatically
 with all subsequent commands until it is unset.
 Invoking this command will create system-wide semaphore that needs to be cleaned
@@ -888,10 +888,10 @@ Outputs version information.
 .CMD_WAIT
 .br
 Sleeps until the event counter for device_name exceeds event_nr.
-Use \fB\-v\fP to see the event number returned.
+Use \fB-v\fP to see the event number returned.
 To wait until the next event is triggered, use \fBinfo\fP to find
 the last event number.
-With \fB\-\-noflush\fP, the thin target (from version 1.3.0) doesn't commit
+With \fB--noflush\fP, the thin target (from version 1.3.0) doesn't commit
 any outstanding changes to disk before reporting its statistics.
 .
 .HP
@@ -1005,11 +1005,11 @@ Defaults to "\fI/dev\fP" and must be an absolute path.
 .TP
 .B DM_UDEV_COOKIE
 A cookie to use for all relevant commands to synchronize with udev processing.
-It is an alternative to using \fB\-\-udevcookie\fP option.
+It is an alternative to using \fB--udevcookie\fP option.
 .TP
 .B DM_DEFAULT_NAME_MANGLING_MODE
 A default mangling mode. Defaults to "\fB#DEFAULT_MANGLING#\fP"
-and it is an alternative to using \fB\-\-manglename\fP option.
+and it is an alternative to using \fB--manglename\fP option.
 .
 .SH AUTHORS
 .

man/dmstats.8_main

@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 .TH DMSTATS 8 "Jun 23 2016" "Linux" "MAINTENANCE COMMANDS"
 
 .de OPT_PROGRAMS
-.  RB \%[ \-\-allprograms | \-\-programid
+.  RB \%[ --allprograms | --programid
 .  IR id ]
 ..
 .
 .de OPT_REGIONS
-.  RB \%[ \-\-allregions | \-\-regionid
+.  RB \%[ --allregions | --regionid
 .  IR id ]
 ..
 .de OPT_OBJECTS
-.  RB [ \-\-area ]
-.  RB [ \-\-region ]
-.  RB [ \-\-group ]
+.  RB [ --area ]
+.  RB [ --region ]
+.  RB [ --group ]
 ..
 .de OPT_FOREGROUND
-.  RB [ \-\-foreground ]
+.  RB [ --foreground ]
 ..
 .
 .\" Print units suffix, use with arg to print human
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .  ad l
 .  IR command
 .  IR device_name " |"
-.  BR \-\-major
+.  BR --major
 .  IR major
-.  BR \-\-minor
+.  BR --minor
 .  IR minor " |"
-.  BR \-u | \-\-uuid
+.  BR -u | --uuid
 .  IR uuid
-.  RB \%[ \-v | \-\-verbose]
+.  RB \%[ -v | --verbose]
 .  ad b
 ..
 .CMD_COMMAND
@@ -85,26 +85,26 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .de CMD_CREATE
 .  ad l
 .  BR create
-.  IR device_name... | file_path... | \fB\-\-alldevices
-.  RB [ \-\-areas
-.  IR nr_areas | \fB\-\-areasize
+.  IR device_name... | file_path... | \fB--alldevices
+.  RB [ --areas
+.  IR nr_areas | \fB--areasize
 .  IR area_size ]
-.  RB [ \-\-bounds
+.  RB [ --bounds
 .  IR \%histogram_boundaries ]
-.  RB [ \-\-filemap ]
-.  RB [ \-\-follow
+.  RB [ --filemap ]
+.  RB [ --follow
 .  IR follow_mode ]
 .  OPT_FOREGROUND
-.  RB [ \-\-nomonitor ]
-.  RB [ \-\-nogroup ]
-.  RB [ \-\-precise ]
-.  RB [ \-\-start
+.  RB [ --nomonitor ]
+.  RB [ --nogroup ]
+.  RB [ --precise ]
+.  RB [ --start
 .  IR start_sector
-.  BR \-\-length
-.  IR length | \fB\-\-segments ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-userdata
+.  BR --length
+.  IR length | \fB--segments ]
+.  RB \%[ --userdata
 .  IR user_data ]
-.  RB [ \-\-programid
+.  RB [ --programid
 .  IR id ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .de CMD_DELETE
 .  ad l
 .  BR delete
-.  IR device_name | \fB\-\-alldevices
+.  IR device_name | \fB--alldevices
 .  OPT_PROGRAMS
 .  OPT_REGIONS
 .  ad b
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .de CMD_GROUP
 .  ad l
 .  BR group
-.  RI [ device_name | \fB\-\-alldevices ]
-.  RB [ \-\-alias
+.  RI [ device_name | \fB--alldevices ]
+.  RB [ --alias
 .  IR name ]
-.  RB [ \-\-regions
+.  RB [ --regions
 .  IR regions ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .de CMD_HELP
 .  ad l
 .  BR help
-.  RB [ \-c | \-C | \-\-columns ]
+.  RB [ -c | -C | --columns ]
 .  ad b
 ..
 .CMD_HELP
@@ -151,14 +151,14 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .  ad l
 .  BR list
 .  RI [ device_name ]
-.  RB [ \-\-histogram ]
+.  RB [ --histogram ]
 .  OPT_PROGRAMS
-.  RB [ \-\-units
+.  RB [ --units
 .  IR units ]
 .  OPT_OBJECTS
-.  RB \%[ \-\-nosuffix ]
-.  RB [ \-\-notimesuffix ]
-.  RB \%[ \-v | \-\-verbose]
+.  RB \%[ --nosuffix ]
+.  RB [ --notimesuffix ]
+.  RB \%[ -v | --verbose]
 .  ad b
 ..
 .CMD_LIST
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .  ad l
 .  BR print
 .  RI [ device_name ]
-.  RB [ \-\-clear ]
+.  RB [ --clear ]
 .  OPT_PROGRAMS
 .  OPT_REGIONS
 .  ad b
@@ -182,24 +182,24 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .  ad l
 .  BR report
 .  RI [ device_name ]
-.  RB [ \-\-interval
+.  RB [ --interval
 .  IR seconds ]
-.  RB [ \-\-count
+.  RB [ --count
 .  IR count ]
-.  RB [ \-\-units
+.  RB [ --units
 .  IR units ]
-.  RB [ \-\-histogram ]
+.  RB [ --histogram ]
 .  OPT_PROGRAMS
 .  OPT_REGIONS
 .  OPT_OBJECTS
-.  RB [ \-O | \-\-sort
+.  RB [ -O | --sort
 .  IR sort_fields ]
-.  RB [ \-S | \-\-select
+.  RB [ -S | --select
 .  IR selection ]
-.  RB [ \-\-units
+.  RB [ --units
 .  IR units ]
-.  RB [ \-\-nosuffix ]
-.  RB \%[ \-\-notimesuffix ]
+.  RB [ --nosuffix ]
+.  RB \%[ --notimesuffix ]
 .  ad b
 ..
 .CMD_REPORT
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .de CMD_UNGROUP
 .  ad l
 .  BR ungroup
-.  RI [ device_name | \fB\-\-alldevices ]
-.  RB [ \-\-groupid
+.  RI [ device_name | \fB--alldevices ]
+.  RB [ --groupid
 .  IR id ]
 .  ad b
 ..
@@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ dmstats \(em device-mapper statistics management
 .  ad l
 .  BR update_filemap
 .  IR file_path
-.  RB [ \-\-groupid
+.  RB [ --groupid
 .  IR id ]
-.  RB [ \-\-follow
+.  RB [ --follow
 .  IR follow_mode ]
 .  OPT_FOREGROUND
 .  ad b
@@ -248,47 +248,47 @@ control, and reporting behaviour.
 
 When no device argument is given dmstats will by default operate on all
 device-mapper devices present. The \fBcreate\fP and \fBdelete\fP
-commands require the use of \fB\-\-alldevices\fP when used in this way.
+commands require the use of \fB--alldevices\fP when used in this way.
 .
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-alias
+.BR --alias
 .IR name
 .br
 Specify an alias name for a group.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-alldevices
+.BR --alldevices
 .br
 If no device arguments are given allow operation on all devices when
 creating or deleting regions.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-allprograms
+.BR --allprograms
 .br
 Include regions from all program IDs for list and report operations.
 .br
 .HP
-.BR \-\-allregions
+.BR --allregions
 .br
 Include all present regions for commands that normally accept a single
 region identifier.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-area
+.BR --area
 .br
 When peforming a list or report, include objects of type area in the
 results.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-areas
+.BR --areas
 .IR nr_areas
 .br
 Specify the number of statistics areas to create within a new region.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-areasize
+.BR --areasize
 .IR area_size \c
 .RB [ \c
 .UNITS
@@ -298,25 +298,25 @@ optional suffix selects units of:
 .HELP_UNITS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-clear
+.BR --clear
 .br
 When printing statistics counters, also atomically reset them to zero.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-count
+.BR --count
 .IR count
 .br
 Specify the iteration count for repeating reports. If the count
 argument is zero reports will continue to repeat until interrupted.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-group
+.BR --group
 .br
 When peforming a list or report, include objects of type group in the
 results.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-filemap
+.BR --filemap
 .br
 Instead of creating regions on a device as specified by command line
 options, open the file found at each \fBfile_path\fP argument, and
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ create regions corresponding to the locations of the on-disk extents
 allocated to the file(s).
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-nomonitor
+.BR --nomonitor
 .br
 Disable the \fBdmfilemapd\fP daemon when creating new file mapped
 groups. Normally the device-mapper filemap monitoring daemon,
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Regions in the group may still be updated with the
 \fBupdate_filemap\fP command, or by starting the daemon manually.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-follow
+.BR --follow
 .IR follow_mode
 .br
 Specify the \fBdmfilemapd\fP file following mode. The file map
@@ -371,20 +371,20 @@ In either mode, the daemon exits automatically if the monitored group
 is removed.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-foreground
+.BR --foreground
 .br
 Specify that the \fBdmfilemapd\fP daemon should run in the foreground.
 The daemon will not fork into the background, and will replace the
 \fBdmstats\fP command that started it.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-groupid
+.BR --groupid
 .IR id
 .br
 Specify the group to operate on.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-bounds
+.BR --bounds
 .IR histogram_boundaries \c
 .RB [ ns | us | ms | s ]
 .br
@@ -398,22 +398,22 @@ or \fBs\fP may be given after each value to specify units of
 nanoseconds, microseconds, miliseconds or seconds respectively.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-histogram
+.BR --histogram
 .br
 When used with the \fBreport\fP and \fBlist\fP commands select default
 fields that emphasize latency histogram data.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-interval
+.BR --interval
 .IR seconds
 .br
 Specify the interval in seconds between successive iterations for
-repeating reports. If \fB\-\-interval\fP is specified but
-\fB\-\-count\fP is not,
+repeating reports. If \fB--interval\fP is specified but
+\fB--count\fP is not,
 reports will continue to repeat until interrupted.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-length
+.BR --length
 .IR length \c
 .RB [ \c
 .UNITS
@@ -423,55 +423,55 @@ suffix selects units of:
 .HELP_UNITS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-j | \-\-major
+.BR -j | --major
 .IR major
 .br
 Specify the major number.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-m | \-\-minor
+.BR -m | --minor
 .IR minor
 .br
 Specify the minor number.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-nogroup
+.BR --nogroup
 .br
 When creating regions mapping the extents of a file in the file
 system, do not create a group or set an alias.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-nosuffix
+.BR --nosuffix
 .br
-Suppress the suffix on output sizes.  Use with \fB\-\-units\fP
+Suppress the suffix on output sizes.  Use with \fB--units\fP
 (except h and H) if processing the output.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-notimesuffix
+.BR --notimesuffix
 .br
 Suppress the suffix on output time values. Histogram boundary values
 will be reported in units of nanoseconds.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-o | \-\-options
+.BR -o | --options
 .br
 Specify which report fields to display.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-O | \-\-sort
+.BR -O | --sort
 .IR sort_fields
 .br
 Sort output according to the list of fields given. Precede any
 sort field with '\fB-\fP' for a reverse sort on that column.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-precise
+.BR --precise
 .br
 Attempt to use nanosecond precision counters when creating new
 statistics regions.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-programid
+.BR --programid
 .IR id
 .br
 Specify a program ID string. When creating new statistics regions this
@@ -480,19 +480,19 @@ program ID in order to select only regions with a matching value. The
 default program ID for dmstats-managed regions is "dmstats".
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-region
+.BR --region
 .br
 When peforming a list or report, include objects of type region in the
 results.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-regionid
+.BR --regionid
 .IR id
 .br
 Specify the region to operate on.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-regions
+.BR --regions
 .IR region_list
 .br
 Specify a list of regions to group. The group list is a comma-separated
@@ -500,23 +500,23 @@ list of region identifiers. Continuous sequences of identifiers may be
 expressed as a hyphen separated range, for example: '1-10'.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-relative
+.BR --relative
 .br
 If displaying the histogram report show relative (percentage) values
 instead of absolute counts.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-S | \-\-select
+.BR -S | --select
 .IR selection
 .br
 Display only rows that match \fIselection\fP criteria. All rows with the
-additional "selected" column (\fB\-o selected\fP) showing 1 if the row matches
+additional "selected" column (\fB-o selected\fP) showing 1 if the row matches
 the \fIselection\fP and 0 otherwise. The selection criteria are defined by
 specifying column names and their valid values while making use of
 supported comparison operators.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-start
+.BR --start
 .IR start \c
 .RB [ \c
 .UNITS
@@ -526,18 +526,18 @@ optional suffix selects units of:
 .HELP_UNITS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-segments
+.BR --segments
 .br
 When used with \fBcreate\fP, create a new statistics region for each
 target contained in the given device(s). This causes a separate region
 to be allocated for each segment of the device.
 
 The newly created regions are automatically placed into a group unless
-the \fB\-\-nogroup\fP option is given. When grouping is enabled a group
-alias may be specified using the \fB\-\-alias\fP option.
+the \fB--nogroup\fP option is given. When grouping is enabled a group
+alias may be specified using the \fB--alias\fP option.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-units
+.BR --units
 .RI [ units ] \c
 .RB [ h | H | \c
 .UNITS
@@ -546,10 +546,10 @@ Set the display units for report output.
 All sizes are output in these units:
 .RB ( h )uman-readable,
 .HELP_UNITS
-Can also specify custom units e.g. \fB\-\-units\ 3M\fP.
+Can also specify custom units e.g. \fB--units\ 3M\fP.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-userdata
+.BR --userdata
 .IR user_data
 .br
 Specify user data (a word) to be stored with a new region. The value
@@ -558,12 +558,12 @@ information), and stored with the region in the aux_data field provided
 by the kernel. Whitespace is not permitted.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-u | \-\-uuid
+.BR -u | --uuid
 .br
 Specify the uuid.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-v | \-\-verbose " [" \-v | \-\-verbose ]
+.BR -v | --verbose " [" -v | --verbose ]
 .br
 Produce additional output.
 .
@@ -580,17 +580,17 @@ regions (with the exception of in-flight IO counters).
 .br
 Creates one or more new statistics regions on the specified device(s).
 
-The region will span the entire device unless \fB\-\-start\fP and
-\fB\-\-length\fP or \fB\-\-segments\fP are given. The \fB\-\-start\fP an
-\fB\-\-length\fP options allow a region of arbitrary length to be placed
-at an arbitrary offset into the device. The \fB\-\-segments\fP option
+The region will span the entire device unless \fB--start\fP and
+\fB--length\fP or \fB--segments\fP are given. The \fB--start\fP an
+\fB--length\fP options allow a region of arbitrary length to be placed
+at an arbitrary offset into the device. The \fB--segments\fP option
 causes a new region to be created for each target in the corresponding
 device-mapper device's table.
 
-If the \fB\-\-precise\fP option is used the command will attempt to
+If the \fB--precise\fP option is used the command will attempt to
 create a region using nanosecond precision counters.
 
-If \fB\-\-bounds\fP is given a latency histogram will be tracked for
+If \fB--bounds\fP is given a latency histogram will be tracked for
 the new region. The boundaries of the histogram bins are given as a
 comma separated list of latency values. There is an implicit lower bound
 of zero on the first bin and an implicit upper bound of infinity (or the
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ ms, or s may be given after each value to specify units of nanoseconds,
 microseconds, miliseconds or seconds respectively, so for example, 10ms
 is equivalent to 10000000. Latency values with a precision of less than
 one milisecond can only be used when precise timestamps are enabled: if
-\fB\-\-precise\fP is not given and values less than one milisecond are
+\fB--precise\fP is not given and values less than one milisecond are
 used it will be enabled automatically.
 
 An optional \fBprogram_id\fP or \fBuser_data\fP string may be associated
@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ By default dmstats creates regions with a \fBprogram_id\fP of
 On success the \fBregion_id\fP of the newly created region is printed
 to stdout.
 
-If the \fB\-\-filemap\fP option is given with a regular file, or list
+If the \fB--filemap\fP option is given with a regular file, or list
 of files, as the \fBfile_path\fP argument, instead of creating regions
 with parameters specified on the command line, \fBdmstats\fP will open
 the files located at \fBfile_path\fP and create regions corresponding to
@@ -624,20 +624,20 @@ the physical extents allocated to the file. This can be used to monitor
 statistics for individual files in the file system, for example, virtual
 machine images, swap areas, or large database files.
 
-To work with the \fB\-\-filemap\fP option, files must be located on a
+To work with the \fB--filemap\fP option, files must be located on a
 local file system, backed by a device-mapper device, that supports
 physical extent data using the FIEMAP ioctl (Ext4 and XFS for e.g.).
 
 By default regions that map a file are placed into a group and the
 group alias is set to the basename of the file. This behaviour can be
-overridden with the \fB\-\-alias\fP and \fB\-\-nogroup\fP options.
+overridden with the \fB--alias\fP and \fB--nogroup\fP options.
 
 Creating a group that maps a file automatically starts a daemon,
 \fBdmfilemapd\fP to monitor the file and update the mapping as the
 extents allocated to the file change. This behaviour can be disabled
-using the \fB\-\-nomonitor\fP option.
+using the \fB--nomonitor\fP option.
 
-Use the \fB\-\-group\fP option to only display information for groups
+Use the \fB--group\fP option to only display information for groups
 when listing and reporting.
 .
 .HP
@@ -648,12 +648,12 @@ by the region are released and the region will not appear in the output
 of subsequent list, print, or report operations.
 
 All regions registered on a device may be removed using
-\fB\-\-allregions\fP.
+\fB--allregions\fP.
 
-To remove all regions on all devices both \fB\-\-allregions\fP and
-\fB\-\-alldevices\fP must be used.
+To remove all regions on all devices both \fB--allregions\fP and
+\fB--alldevices\fP must be used.
 
-If a \fB\-\-groupid\fP is given instead of a \fB\-\-regionid\fP the
+If a \fB--groupid\fP is given instead of a \fB--regionid\fP the
 command will attempt to delete the group and all regions that it
 contains.
 
@@ -666,8 +666,8 @@ will also be removed.
 Combine one or more statistics regions on the specified device into a
 group.
 
-The list of regions to be grouped is specified with \fB\-\-regions\fP
-and an optional alias may be assigned with \fB\-\-alias\fP. The set of
+The list of regions to be grouped is specified with \fB--regions\fP
+and an optional alias may be assigned with \fB--alias\fP. The set of
 regions is given as a comma-separated list of region identifiers. A
 continuous range of identifers spanning from \fBR1\fP to \fBR2\fP may
 be expressed as '\fBR1\fP-\fBR2\fP'.
@@ -693,21 +693,21 @@ the list of report fields.
 .CMD_LIST
 .br
 List the statistics regions, areas, or groups registered on the device.
-If the \fB\-\-allprograms\fP switch is given all regions will be listed
+If the \fB--allprograms\fP switch is given all regions will be listed
 regardless of region program ID values.
 
 By default only regions and groups are included in list output. If
-\fB\-v\fP or \fB\-\-verbose\fP is given the report will also include a
+\fB-v\fP or \fB--verbose\fP is given the report will also include a
 row of information for each configured group and for each area contained
 in each region displayed.
 
 Regions that contain a single area are by default omitted from the
 verbose list since their properties are identical to the area that they
 contain - to view all regions regardless of the number of areas present
-use \fB\-\-region\fP). To also view the areas contained within regions
-use \fB\-\-area\fP.
+use \fB--region\fP). To also view the areas contained within regions
+use \fB--area\fP.
 
-If \fB\-\-histogram\fP is given the report will include the bin count
+If \fB--histogram\fP is given the report will include the bin count
 and latency boundary values for any configured histograms.
 .HP
 .CMD_PRINT
@@ -720,20 +720,20 @@ present regions.
 .br
 Start a report for the specified object or for all present objects. If
 the count argument is specified, the report will repeat at a fixed
-interval set by the \fB\-\-interval\fP option. The default interval is
+interval set by the \fB--interval\fP option. The default interval is
 one second.
 
-If the \fB\-\-allprograms\fP switch is given, all regions will be
+If the \fB--allprograms\fP switch is given, all regions will be
 listed, regardless of region program ID values.
 
-If the \fB\-\-histogram\fP is given the report will include the histogram
+If the \fB--histogram\fP is given the report will include the histogram
 values and latency boundaries.
 
-If the \fB\-\-relative\fP is used the default histogram field displays
+If the \fB--relative\fP is used the default histogram field displays
 bin values as a percentage of the total number of I/Os.
 
 Object types (areas, regions and groups) to include in the report are
-selected using the \fB\-\-area\fP, \fB\-\-region\fP, and \fB\-\-group\fP
+selected using the \fB--area\fP, \fB--region\fP, and \fB--group\fP
 options.
 .
 .HP
@@ -742,12 +742,12 @@ options.
 Remove an existing group and return all the group's regions to their
 original state.
 
-The group to be removed is specified using \fB\-\-groupid\fP.
+The group to be removed is specified using \fB--groupid\fP.
 .HP
 .CMD_UPDATE_FILEMAP
 .br
 Update a group of \fBdmstats\fP regions specified by \fBgroup_id\fP,
-that were previously created with \fB\-\-filemap\fP, either directly,
+that were previously created with \fB--filemap\fP, either directly,
 or by starting the monitoring daemon, \fBdmfilemapd\fP.
 
 This will add and remove regions to reflect changes in the allocated
@@ -758,11 +758,11 @@ Use of this command is not normally needed since the \fBdmfilemapd\fP
 daemon will automatically monitor filemap groups and perform these
 updates when required.
 
-If a filemapped group was created with \fB\-\-nomonitor\fP, or the
+If a filemapped group was created with \fB--nomonitor\fP, or the
 daemon has been killed, the \fBupdate_filemap\fP can be used to
 manually force an update or start a new daemon.
 
-Use \fB\-\-nomonitor\fP to force a direct update and disable starting
+Use \fB--nomonitor\fP to force a direct update and disable starting
 the monitoring daemon.
 .
 .SH REGIONS, AREAS, AND GROUPS
@@ -786,8 +786,8 @@ The group metadata is stored with the first (lowest numbered)
 the group and other group members will be returned to their prior
 state.
 
-By default new regions span the entire device. The \fB\-\-start\fP and
-\fB\-\-length\fP options allows a region of any size to be placed at any
+By default new regions span the entire device. The \fB--start\fP and
+\fB--length\fP options allows a region of any size to be placed at any
 location on the device.
 
 Using offsets it is possible to create regions that map individual
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ and data aggregation.
 
 A region may be either divided into the specified number of equal-sized
 areas, or into areas of the given size by specifying one of
-\fB\-\-areas\fP or \fB\-\-areasize\fP when creating a region with the
+\fB--areas\fP or \fB--areasize\fP when creating a region with the
 \fBcreate\fP command. Depending on the size of the areas and the device
 region the final area within the region may be smaller than requested.
 .P
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ reference the group.
 .
 .SH FILE MAPPING
 .
-Using \fB\-\-filemap\fP, it is possible to create regions that
+Using \fB--filemap\fP, it is possible to create regions that
 correspond to the extents of a file in the file system. This allows
 IO statistics to be monitored on a per-file basis, for example to
 observe large database files, virtual machine images, or other files
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ group, and the group alias is set to the \fBbasename(3)\fP of the
 file. This allows statistics to be reported for the file as a whole,
 aggregating values for the regions making up the group. To see only
 the whole file (group) when using the \fBlist\fP and \fBreport\fP
-commands, use \fB\-\-group\fP.
+commands, use \fB--group\fP.
 
 Since it is possible for the file to change after the initial
 group of regions is created, the \fBupdate_filemap\fP command, and
@@ -888,8 +888,8 @@ progressively out-of-date as extents are added and removed (in this
 case the daemon can be re-started or the group updated manually with
 the \fBupdate_filemap\fP command).
 
-See the \fBcreate\fP command and \fB\-\-filemap\fP, \fB\-\-follow\fP,
-and \fB\-\-nomonitor\fP options for further information.
+See the \fBcreate\fP command and \fB--filemap\fP, \fB--follow\fP,
+and \fB--nomonitor\fP options for further information.
 .
 .P
 .B Limitations
@@ -984,11 +984,11 @@ when a statistics region is created.
 .TP
 .B region_start
 The region start location. Display units are selected by the
-\fB\-\-units\fP option.
+\fB--units\fP option.
 .TP
 .B region_len
 The length of the region. Display units are selected by the
-\fB\-\-units\fP option.
+\fB--units\fP option.
 .TP
 .B area_id
 Area identifier. Area identifiers are assigned by the device-mapper
@@ -1001,11 +1001,11 @@ identifiers exist.
 .TP
 .B area_start
 The area start location. Display units are selected by the
-\fB\-\-units\fP option.
+\fB--units\fP option.
 .TP
 .B area_len
 The length of the area. Display units are selected by the
-\fB\-\-units\fP option.
+\fB--units\fP option.
 .TP
 .B area_count
 The number of areas in this region.
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@ vg00/lvol1: Created new region with 1 area(s) as region ID 0
 Create a 32M region 1G into device d0
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats create \-\-start 1G \-\-length 32M d0
+.B dmstats create --start 1G --length 32M d0
 .br
 d0: Created new region with 1 area(s) as region ID 0
 .P
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ Create a whole-device region with 8 areas on every device
 .br
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats create \-\-areas 8
+.B dmstats create --areas 8
 .br
 vg00-lvol1: Created new region with 8 area(s) as region ID 0
 .br
@@ -1183,21 +1183,21 @@ Delete all regions on all devices
 .br
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats delete \-\-alldevices \-\-allregions
+.B dmstats delete --alldevices --allregions
 .P
 Create a whole-device region with areas 10GiB in size on vg00/lvol1
 using dmsetup
 .br
 .br
 #
-.B dmsetup stats create \-\-areasize 10G vg00/lvol1
+.B dmsetup stats create --areasize 10G vg00/lvol1
 .br
 vg00-lvol1: Created new region with 5 area(s) as region ID 1
 .P
 Create a 1GiB region with 16 areas at the start of vg00/lvol1
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats create \-\-start 0 \-\-len 1G \-\-areas=16 vg00/lvol1
+.B dmstats create --start 0 --len 1G --areas=16 vg00/lvol1
 .br
 vg00-lvol1: Created new region with 16 area(s) as region ID 0
 .P
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Display five statistics reports for vg00/lvol1 at an interval of one second
 .br
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats report \-\-interval 1 \-\-count 5 vg00/lvol1
+.B dmstats report --interval 1 --count 5 vg00/lvol1
 .br
 #
 .B dmstats report
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ Create one region for reach target contained in device vg00/lvol1
 .br
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats create \-\-segments vg00/lvol1
+.B dmstats create --segments vg00/lvol1
 .br
 vg00-lvol1: Created new region with 1 area(s) as region ID 0
 .br
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ images/vm3.img: Created new group with 2 region(s) as group ID 1560.
 Print raw counters for region 4 on device d0
 .br
 #
-.B dmstats print \-\-regionid 4 d0
+.B dmstats print --regionid 4 d0
 .br
 2097152+65536 0 0 0 0 29 0 264 701 0 41 701 0 41
 .

man/fsadm.8_main

@@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ filesystem.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-e | \-\-ext\-offline
+.BR -e | --ext-offline
 .br
 Unmount ext2/ext3/ext4 filesystem before doing resize.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-f | \-\-force
+.BR -f | --force
 .br
 Bypass some sanity checks.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-h | \-\-help
+.BR -h | --help
 .br
 Display the help text.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-n | \-\-dry\-run
+.BR -n | --dry-run
 .br
 Print commands without running them.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-v | \-\-verbose
+.BR -v | --verbose
 .br
 Be more verbose.
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-y | \-\-yes
+.BR -y | --yes
 .br
 Answer "yes" at any prompts.
 .
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ If \fI/dev/vg/test\fP contains ext2/ext3/ext4
 filesystem it will be unmounted prior the resize.
 All [y/n] questions will be answered 'y'.
 .sp
-.B fsadm \-e \-y resize /dev/vg/test 1000M
+.B fsadm -e -y resize /dev/vg/test 1000M
 .
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
 .

man/lvchange.8_end

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
 .SH EXAMPLES
-
 Change LV permission to read-only:
 .sp
-.B lvchange \-pr vg00/lvol1
+.B lvchange -pr vg00/lvol1

man/lvchange.8_pregen

@@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
-.TH LVCHANGE 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVCHANGE 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvchange \- Change the attributes of logical volume(s)
-.P
+lvchange - Change the attributes of logical volume(s)
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvchange\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .P
 .ad l
  \fB-a\fP|\fB--activate\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP|\fBay\fP
@@ -226,18 +219,10 @@ lvchange \- Change the attributes of logical volume(s)
 .ad l
  \fB-Z\fP|\fB--zero\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
 .ad b
-
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvchange changes LV attributes in the VG, changes LV activation in the
 kernel, and includes other utilities for LV maintenance.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 Change a general LV attribute. 
 .br
 For options listed in parentheses, any one is 
@@ -341,10 +326,7 @@ required, after which the others are optional.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Resyncronize a mirror or raid LV.
 .br
@@ -359,10 +341,7 @@ Resyncronize a mirror or raid LV.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Resynchronize or check a raid LV.
 .br
@@ -373,10 +352,7 @@ Resynchronize or check a raid LV.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Reconstruct data on specific PVs of a raid LV.
 .br
@@ -387,10 +363,7 @@ Reconstruct data on specific PVs of a raid LV.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Activate or deactivate an LV.
 .br
@@ -421,10 +394,7 @@ Activate or deactivate an LV.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Reactivate an LV using the latest metadata.
 .br
@@ -443,10 +413,7 @@ Reactivate an LV using the latest metadata.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Start or stop monitoring an LV from dmeventd.
 .br
@@ -461,10 +428,7 @@ Start or stop monitoring an LV from dmeventd.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Start or stop processing an LV conversion.
 .br
@@ -479,10 +443,7 @@ Start or stop processing an LV conversion.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Make the minor device number persistent for an LV.
 .br
@@ -497,10 +458,7 @@ Make the minor device number persistent for an LV.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Common options for command:
 .
@@ -532,9 +490,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -586,12 +542,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--activate\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP|\fBay\fP
@@ -617,7 +569,6 @@ to select which LVs should be automatically activated by the system.
 See lvmlockd(8) for more information about activation options \fBey\fP and \fBsy\fP for shared VGs.
 See clvmd(8) for more information about activation options \fBey\fP, \fBsy\fP, \fBly\fP and \fBln\fP for clustered VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--activationmode\fP \fBpartial\fP|\fBdegraded\fP|\fBcomplete\fP
@@ -633,7 +584,6 @@ should only be used for recovery or repair.
 For default, see lvm.conf/activation_mode.
 See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--addtag\fP \fITag\fP
@@ -641,7 +591,6 @@ See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 Adds a tag to a PV, VG or LV. This option can be repeated to add
 multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--alloc\fP \fBcontiguous\fP|\fBcling\fP|\fBcling_by_tags\fP|\fBnormal\fP|\fBanywhere\fP|\fBinherit\fP
@@ -663,7 +612,6 @@ Optional positional PV args on the command line can also be used to limit
 which PVs the command will use for allocation.
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -671,7 +619,6 @@ See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--cachemode\fP \fBwritethrough\fP|\fBwriteback\fP|\fBpassthrough\fP
@@ -688,7 +635,6 @@ from the origin LV (all reads miss the cache) and all writes are
 forwarded to the origin LV; additionally, write hits cause cache
 block invalidates. See \fBlvmcache\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--cachepolicy\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -696,7 +642,6 @@ block invalidates. See \fBlvmcache\fP(7) for more information.
 Specifies the cache policy for a cache LV.
 See \fBlvmcache\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--cachesettings\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -709,7 +654,6 @@ settings back to their default kernel values and removes
 them from the list of settings stored in LVM metadata.
 See \fBlvmcache\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -717,7 +661,6 @@ See \fBlvmcache\fP(7) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -727,7 +670,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-C\fP|\fB--contiguous\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -738,7 +680,6 @@ It is only possible to change a non-contiguous allocation policy
 to contiguous if all of the allocated physical extents in the LV
 are already contiguous.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -746,7 +687,6 @@ are already contiguous.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--deltag\fP \fITag\fP
@@ -754,7 +694,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 Deletes a tag from a PV, VG or LV. This option can be repeated to delete
 multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--detachprofile\fP
@@ -762,7 +701,6 @@ multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 Detaches a metadata profile from a VG or LV.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--discards\fP \fBpassdown\fP|\fBnopassdown\fP|\fBignore\fP
@@ -776,7 +714,6 @@ allow reuse of unneeded extents in the thin pool.
 (like nopassdown) and pass the discards to the underlying device.
 See \fBlvmthin\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -784,7 +721,6 @@ See \fBlvmthin\fP(7) for more information.
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--errorwhenfull\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -798,7 +734,6 @@ Errors are returned if no space is available after the timeout.
 (Also see dm-thin-pool kernel module option no_space_timeout.)
 See \fBlvmthin\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -806,14 +741,12 @@ See \fBlvmthin\fP(7) for more information.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-K\fP|\fB--ignoreactivationskip\fP
@@ -821,7 +754,6 @@ Display help text.
 Ignore the "activation skip" LV flag during activation
 to allow LVs with the flag set to be activated.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
@@ -829,7 +761,6 @@ to allow LVs with the flag set to be activated.
 Allows a command to continue with read-only metadata
 operations after locking failures.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoremonitoring\fP
@@ -837,7 +768,6 @@ operations after locking failures.
 Do not interact with dmeventd unless --monitor is specified.
 Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreskippedcluster\fP
@@ -845,21 +775,18 @@ Do not use this if dmeventd is already monitoring a device.
 Use to avoid exiting with an non-zero status code if the command is run
 without clustered locking and clustered VGs are skipped.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-j\fP|\fB--major\fP \fINumber\fP
 .br
 Sets the major number of an LV block device.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--[raid]maxrecoveryrate\fP \fISize\fP[k|UNIT]
@@ -869,7 +796,6 @@ is an amount of data per second for each device in the array.
 Setting the rate to 0 means it will be unbounded.
 See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--metadataprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -877,14 +803,12 @@ See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 The metadata profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--minor\fP \fINumber\fP
 .br
 Sets the minor number of an LV block device.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--[raid]minrecoveryrate\fP \fISize\fP[k|UNIT]
@@ -894,7 +818,6 @@ is an amount of data per second for each device in the array.
 Setting the rate to 0 means it will be unbounded.
 See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--monitor\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -904,7 +827,6 @@ dmeventd monitors kernel events for an LV, and performs
 automated maintenance for the LV in reponse to specific events.
 See dmeventd(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -914,7 +836,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-P\fP|\fB--partial\fP
@@ -924,21 +845,18 @@ that are only partially available (one or more PVs belonging
 to the VG are missing from the system). Metadata may not be
 changed with this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-p\fP|\fB--permission\fP \fBrw\fP|\fBr\fP
 .br
 Set access permission to read only \fBr\fP or read and write \fBrw\fP.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-M\fP|\fB--persistent\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
 .br
 When yes, makes the specified minor number persistent.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--poll\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -951,7 +869,6 @@ transformation will not complete. It may not be appropriate to immediately
 poll an LV after activation, in which case --poll n can be used to defer
 polling until a later --poll y command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -959,7 +876,6 @@ polling until a later --poll y command.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -967,7 +883,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-r\fP|\fB--readahead\fP \fBauto\fP|\fBnone\fP|\fINumber\fP
@@ -977,7 +892,6 @@ Sets read ahead sector count of an LV.
 a suitable value automatically.
 \fBnone\fP is equivalent to zero.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--rebuild\fP \fIPV\fP
@@ -989,7 +903,6 @@ PVs with corrupted data are known, and their data should be reconstructed
 rather than reconstructing default (rotating) data.
 See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--refresh\fP
@@ -999,7 +912,6 @@ This is not necessary in normal operation, but may be useful
 if something has gone wrong, or if some form of manual LV
 sharing is being used.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -1011,7 +923,6 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--resync\fP
@@ -1024,7 +935,6 @@ and copied to the others. This can take considerable time, during
 which the LV is without a complete redundant copy of the data.
 See \fBlvmraid\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -1038,7 +948,6 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-k\fP|\fB--setactivationskip\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -1050,7 +959,6 @@ This flag is set by default on new thin snapshot LVs.
 The flag is not applied to deactivation.
 The current value of the flag is indicated in the lvs lv_attr bits.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--[raid]syncaction\fP \fBcheck\fP|\fBrepair\fP
@@ -1063,7 +971,6 @@ blocks in the array and check for discrepancies
 \fBrepair\fP will correct discrepancies.
 See lvs for reporting discrepancies found or repaired.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--sysinit\fP
@@ -1077,7 +984,6 @@ this is equivalent to using --ignorelockingfailure, --ignoremonitoring,
 When used in conjunction with lvmetad enabled and running,
 vgchange/lvchange skip autoactivation, and defer to pvscan autoactivation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -1088,7 +994,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -1096,14 +1001,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--[raid]writebehind\fP \fINumber\fP
@@ -1115,7 +1018,6 @@ to the constituent devices must complete before the array signals the
 write has completed). Setting the value to zero clears the preference
 and allows the system to choose the value arbitrarily.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--[raid]writemostly\fP \fIPV\fP[\fB:t\fP|\fBn\fP|\fBy\fP]
@@ -1129,7 +1031,6 @@ suffix \fB:n\fP at the end of the PV name, or to toggle the value with
 the suffix \fB:t\fP. Repeat this option to change the attribute on
 multiple PVs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -1138,7 +1039,6 @@ Do not prompt for confirmation interactively but always assume the
 answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-Z\fP|\fB--zero\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -1147,13 +1047,10 @@ Set zeroing mode for thin pool. Note: already provisioned blocks from pool
 in non-zero mode are not cleared in unwritten parts when setting --zero y.
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
@@ -1161,25 +1058,21 @@ Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
 LV followed by _<type> indicates that an LV of the
 given type is required. (raid represents raid<N> type)
-
 .HP
 \fITag\fP
 .br
 Tag name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about tag names and using tags
 in place of a VG, LV or PV.
-
 .HP
 \fISelect\fP
 .br
 Select indicates that a required positional parameter can
 be omitted if the \fB--select\fP option is used.
 No arg appears in this position.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -1194,15 +1087,12 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
-
 Change LV permission to read-only:
 .sp
-.B lvchange \-pr vg00/lvol1
-
+.B lvchange -pr vg00/lvol1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -1269,4 +1159,3 @@ Change LV permission to read-only:
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvconvert.8_des

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The LV type is also called the segment type or segtype.
 
 To display the current LV type, run the command:
 
-.B lvs \-o name,segtype
+.B lvs -o name,segtype
 .I LV
 
 The
@@ -62,4 +62,3 @@ and vice-versa by e.g. linear <-> raid1 <-> raid5_n (then adding stripes) <-> st
 
 Sub LVs can be displayed with the command
 .B lvs -a
-

man/lvconvert.8_end

@@ -17,23 +17,22 @@ If LV1 was not a cache pool, the command would convert LV1 to
 a cache pool, optionally using a specified LV for metadata.
 But, if LV1 was already a cache pool, the command would swap
 the current metadata LV with LV2 (for repair purposes.)
-
 .SH EXAMPLES
 Convert a linear LV to a two-way mirror LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type mirror \-\-mirrors 1 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type mirror --mirrors 1 vg/lvol1
 
 Convert a linear LV to a two-way RAID1 LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type raid1 \-\-mirrors 1 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type raid1 --mirrors 1 vg/lvol1
 
-Convert a mirror LV to use an in\-memory log.
+Convert a mirror LV to use an in-memory log.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-mirrorlog core vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --mirrorlog core vg/lvol1
 
 Convert a mirror LV to use a disk log.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-mirrorlog disk vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --mirrorlog disk vg/lvol1
 
 Convert a mirror or raid1 LV to a linear LV.
 .br
@@ -41,73 +40,73 @@ Convert a mirror or raid1 LV to a linear LV.
 
 Convert a mirror LV to a raid1 LV with the same number of images.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type raid1 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type raid1 vg/lvol1
 
 Convert a linear LV to a two-way mirror LV, allocating new extents from specific
 PV ranges.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-mirrors 1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sda:0\-15 /dev/sdb:0\-15
+.B lvconvert --mirrors 1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sda:0-15 /dev/sdb:0-15
 
 Convert a mirror LV to a linear LV, freeing physical extents from a specific PV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type linear vg/lvol1 /dev/sda
+.B lvconvert --type linear vg/lvol1 /dev/sda
 
 Split one image from a mirror or raid1 LV, making it a new LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-splitmirrors 1 \-\-name lv_split vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --splitmirrors 1 --name lv_split vg/lvol1
 
 Split one image from a raid1 LV, and track changes made to the raid1 LV
 while the split image remains detached.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-splitmirrors 1 \-\-trackchanges vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --splitmirrors 1 --trackchanges vg/lvol1
 
-Merge an image (that was previously created with \-\-splitmirrors and
-\-\-trackchanges) back into the original raid1 LV.
+Merge an image (that was previously created with --splitmirrors and
+--trackchanges) back into the original raid1 LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-mergemirrors vg/lvol1_rimage_1
+.B lvconvert --mergemirrors vg/lvol1_rimage_1
 
 Replace PV /dev/sdb1 with PV /dev/sdf1 in a raid1/4/5/6/10 LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-replace /dev/sdb1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sdf1
+.B lvconvert --replace /dev/sdb1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sdf1
 
 Replace 3 PVs /dev/sd[b-d]1 with PVs /dev/sd[f-h]1 in a raid1 LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-replace /dev/sdb1 \-\-replace /dev/sdc1 \-\-replace /dev/sdd1
+.B lvconvert --replace /dev/sdb1 --replace /dev/sdc1 --replace /dev/sdd1
 .RS
 .B vg/lvol1 /dev/sd[fgh]1
 .RE
 
 Replace the maximum of 2 PVs /dev/sd[bc]1 with PVs /dev/sd[gh]1 in a raid6 LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-replace /dev/sdb1 \-\-replace /dev/sdc1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sd[gh]1
+.B lvconvert --replace /dev/sdb1 --replace /dev/sdc1 vg/lvol1 /dev/sd[gh]1
 
 Convert an LV into a thin LV in the specified thin pool.  The existing LV
-is used as an external read\-only origin for the new thin LV.
+is used as an external read-only origin for the new thin LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin \-\-thinpool vg/tpool1 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type thin --thinpool vg/tpool1 vg/lvol1
 
 Convert an LV into a thin LV in the specified thin pool.  The existing LV
-is used as an external read\-only origin for the new thin LV, and is
+is used as an external read-only origin for the new thin LV, and is
 renamed "external".
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin \-\-thinpool vg/tpool1
+.B lvconvert --type thin --thinpool vg/tpool1
 .RS
-.B \-\-originname external vg/lvol1
+.B --originname external vg/lvol1
 .RE
 
 Convert an LV to a cache pool LV using another specified LV for cache pool
 metadata.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type cache-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/poolmeta1 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type cache-pool --poolmetadata vg/poolmeta1 vg/lvol1
 
 Convert an LV to a cache LV using the specified cache pool and chunk size.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool vg/cpool1 \-c 128 vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --type cache --cachepool vg/cpool1 -c 128 vg/lvol1
 
 Detach and keep the cache pool from a cache LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-splitcache vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --splitcache vg/lvol1
 
 Detach and remove the cache pool from a cache LV.
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-uncache vg/lvol1
+.B lvconvert --uncache vg/lvol1

man/lvcreate.8_end

@@ -3,56 +3,56 @@
 Create a striped LV with 3 stripes, a stripe size of 8KiB and a size of 100MiB.
 The LV name is chosen by lvcreate.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-i 3 \-I 8 \-L 100m vg00
+.B lvcreate -i 3 -I 8 -L 100m vg00
 
 Create a raid1 LV with two images, and a useable size of 500 MiB. This
 operation requires two devices, one for each mirror image. RAID metadata
 (superblock and bitmap) is also included on the two devices.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m1 \-L 500m \-n mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --type raid1 -m1 -L 500m -n mylv vg00
 
 Create a mirror LV with two images, and a useable size of 500 MiB.
 This operation requires three devices: two for mirror images and
 one for a disk log.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type mirror \-m1 \-L 500m \-n mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --type mirror -m1 -L 500m -n mylv vg00
 
 Create a mirror LV with 2 images, and a useable size of 500 MiB.
 This operation requires 2 devices because the log is in memory.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type mirror \-m1 \-\-mirrorlog core \-L 500m \-n mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --type mirror -m1 --mirrorlog core -L 500m -n mylv vg00
 
-Create a copy\-on\-write snapshot of an LV:
+Create a copy-on-write snapshot of an LV:
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-snapshot \-\-size 100m \-\-name mysnap vg00/mylv
+.B lvcreate --snapshot --size 100m --name mysnap vg00/mylv
 
-Create a copy\-on\-write snapshot with a size sufficient
+Create a copy-on-write snapshot with a size sufficient
 for overwriting 20% of the size of the original LV.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-s \-l 20%ORIGIN \-n mysnap vg00/mylv
+.B lvcreate -s -l 20%ORIGIN -n mysnap vg00/mylv
 
 Create a sparse LV with 1TiB of virtual space, and actual space just under
 100MiB.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-snapshot \-\-virtualsize 1t \-\-size 100m \-\-name mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --snapshot --virtualsize 1t --size 100m --name mylv vg00
 
 Create a linear LV with a usable size of 64MiB on specific physical extents.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-L 64m \-n mylv vg00 /dev/sda:0\-7 /dev/sdb:0\-7
+.B lvcreate -L 64m -n mylv vg00 /dev/sda:0-7 /dev/sdb:0-7
 
 Create a RAID5 LV with a usable size of 5GiB, 3 stripes, a stripe size of
 64KiB, using a total of 4 devices (including one for parity).
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid5 \-L 5G \-i 3 \-I 64 \-n mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --type raid5 -L 5G -i 3 -I 64 -n mylv vg00
 
 Create a RAID5 LV using all of the free space in the VG and spanning all the
 PVs in the VG (note that the command will fail if there are more than 8 PVs in
-the VG, in which case \fB\-i 7\fP must be used to get to the current maximum of
+the VG, in which case \fB-i 7\fP must be used to get to the current maximum of
 8 devices including parity for RaidLVs).
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-config allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices=1
+.B lvcreate --config allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices=1
 .RS
-.B \-\-type raid5 \-l 100%FREE \-n mylv vg00
+.B --type raid5 -l 100%FREE -n mylv vg00
 .RE
 
 Create RAID10 LV with a usable size of 5GiB, using 2 stripes, each on
@@ -62,36 +62,36 @@ differently:
 but \fB-m\fP specifies the number of images in addition
 to the first image).
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid10 \-L 5G \-i 2 \-m 1 \-n mylv vg00
+.B lvcreate --type raid10 -L 5G -i 2 -m 1 -n mylv vg00
 
 Create a 1TiB thin LV, first creating a new thin pool for it, where
 the thin pool has 100MiB of space, uses 2 stripes, has a 64KiB stripe
 size, and 256KiB chunk size.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type thin \-\-name mylv \-\-thinpool mypool
+.B lvcreate --type thin --name mylv --thinpool mypool
 .RS
-.B \-V 1t \-L 100m \-i 2 \-I 64 \-c 256 vg00
+.B -V 1t -L 100m -i 2 -I 64 -c 256 vg00
 .RE
 
 Create a thin snapshot of a thin LV (the size option must not be
 used, otherwise a copy-on-write snapshot would be created).
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-snapshot \-\-name mysnap vg00/thinvol
+.B lvcreate --snapshot --name mysnap vg00/thinvol
 
 Create a thin snapshot of the read-only inactive LV named "origin"
 which becomes an external origin for the thin snapshot LV.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-snapshot \-\-name mysnap \-\-thinpool mypool vg00/origin
+.B lvcreate --snapshot --name mysnap --thinpool mypool vg00/origin
 
 Create a cache pool from a fast physical device. The cache pool can
 then be used to cache an LV.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type cache-pool \-L 1G \-n my_cpool vg00 /dev/fast1
+.B lvcreate --type cache-pool -L 1G -n my_cpool vg00 /dev/fast1
 
 Create a cache LV, first creating a new origin LV on a slow physical device,
 then combining the new origin LV with an existing cache pool.
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool my_cpool
+.B lvcreate --type cache --cachepool my_cpool
 .RS
-.B \-L 100G \-n mylv vg00 /dev/slow1
+.B -L 100G -n mylv vg00 /dev/slow1
 .RE

man/lvdisplay.8_pregen

@@ -1,33 +1,21 @@
-.TH LVDISPLAY 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVDISPLAY 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvdisplay \- Display information about a logical volume
-.P
+lvdisplay - Display information about a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvdisplay\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvdisplay shows the attributes of LVs, like size, read/write status,
 snapshot information, etc.
 
 \fBlvs\fP(8) is a preferred alternative that shows the same information
 and more, using a more compact and configurable output format.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvdisplay\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -138,7 +126,6 @@ and more, using a more compact and configurable output format.
 [ \fIVG\fP|\fILV\fP|\fITag\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -189,19 +176,14 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--aligned\fP
 .br
 Use with --separator to align the output columns
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--all\fP
@@ -210,7 +192,6 @@ Show information about internal LVs.
 These are components of normal LVs, such as mirrors,
 which are not independently accessible, e.g. not mountable.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--binary\fP
@@ -219,7 +200,6 @@ Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values
 for columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting
 the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-c\fP|\fB--colon\fP
@@ -227,7 +207,6 @@ the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 Generate colon separated output for easier parsing in scripts or programs.
 Also see vgs(8) which provides considerably more control over the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-C\fP|\fB--columns\fP
@@ -235,7 +214,6 @@ Also see vgs(8) which provides considerably more control over the output.
 Display output in columns, the equivalent of vgs(8).
 Options listed are the same as options given in vgs(8).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -243,7 +221,6 @@ Options listed are the same as options given in vgs(8).
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -253,14 +230,12 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--configreport\fP \fBlog\fP|\fBvg\fP|\fBlv\fP|\fBpv\fP|\fBpvseg\fP|\fBseg\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -268,7 +243,6 @@ See lvmreport(7).
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -276,7 +250,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--foreign\fP
@@ -284,14 +257,12 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Report/display foreign VGs that would otherwise be skipped.
 See lvmsystemid(7) for more information about foreign VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-H\fP|\fB--history\fP
@@ -300,7 +271,6 @@ Include historical LVs in the output.
 (This has no effect unless LVs were removed while
 lvm.conf metadata/record_lvs_history was enabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
@@ -308,7 +278,6 @@ lvm.conf metadata/record_lvs_history was enabled.
 Allows a command to continue with read-only metadata
 operations after locking failures.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreskippedcluster\fP
@@ -316,21 +285,18 @@ operations after locking failures.
 Use to avoid exiting with an non-zero status code if the command is run
 without clustered locking and clustered VGs are skipped.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--logonly\fP
 .br
 Suppress command report and display only log report.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-m\fP|\fB--maps\fP
@@ -339,7 +305,6 @@ Display the mapping of logical extents to PVs and physical extents.
 To map physical extents to logical extents use:
 pvs --segments -o+lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noheadings\fP
@@ -347,7 +312,6 @@ pvs --segments -o+lv_name,seg_start_pe,segtype
 Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
 Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nosuffix\fP
@@ -355,7 +319,6 @@ Useful if grepping the output.
 Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with --units
 (except h and H) if processing the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-o\fP|\fB--options\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -366,7 +329,8 @@ The prefix \fB+\fP will append the specified fields to the default fields,
 \fB-\fP will remove the specified fields from the default fields, and
 \fB#\fP will compact specified fields (removing them when empty for all rows.)
 Use \fB-o help\fP to view the list of all available fields.
-The -o option can be repeated, providing several lists.
+Use separate lists of fields to add, remove or compact by repeating the -o option:
+-o+field1,field2 -o-field3,field4 -o#field5.
 These lists are evaluated from left to right.
 Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 \fBvg_all\fP all VG fields,
@@ -377,7 +341,6 @@ Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 See the lvm.conf report section for more config options.
 See lvmreport(7) for more information about reporting.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-P\fP|\fB--partial\fP
@@ -387,7 +350,6 @@ that are only partially available (one or more PVs belonging
 to the VG are missing from the system). Metadata may not be
 changed with this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -395,7 +357,6 @@ changed with this option.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -403,7 +364,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--readonly\fP
@@ -418,7 +378,6 @@ will be made to communicate with the device-mapper kernel driver, so
 this option is unable to report whether or not LVs are
 actually in use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -430,13 +389,11 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--segments\fP
 .br
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -450,14 +407,12 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--separator\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--shared\fP
@@ -466,7 +421,6 @@ Report/display shared VGs that would otherwise be skipped when
 lvmlockd is not being used on the host.
 See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-O\fP|\fB--sort\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -474,7 +428,6 @@ See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
 selection. Precede any column with \fB-\fP for a reverse sort on that column.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -485,14 +438,12 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unbuffered\fP
 .br
 Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--units\fP \fBr\fP|\fBR\fP|\fBh\fP|\fBH\fP|\fBb\fP|\fBB\fP|\fBs\fP|\fBS\fP|\fBk\fP|\fBK\fP|\fBm\fP|\fBM\fP|\fBg\fP|\fBG\fP|\fBt\fP|\fBT\fP|\fBp\fP|\fBP\fP|\fBe\fP|\fBE\fP
@@ -504,7 +455,6 @@ human-(r)eadable with '<' rounding indicator,
 Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024.
 Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -512,14 +462,12 @@ Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -529,30 +477,24 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fITag\fP
 .br
 Tag name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about tag names and using tags
 in place of a VG, LV or PV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -567,7 +509,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -636,4 +577,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvextend.8_des

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ lvextend extends the size of an LV. This requires allocating logical
 extents from the VG's free physical extents. If the extension adds a new
 LV segment, the new segment will use the existing segment type of the LV.
 
-Extending a copy\-on\-write snapshot LV adds space for COW blocks.
+Extending a copy-on-write snapshot LV adds space for COW blocks.
 
 Use \fBlvconvert\fP(8) to change the number of data images in a RAID or
 mirrored LV.

man/lvextend.8_end

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 .SH EXAMPLES
 Extend the size of an LV by 54MiB, using a specific PV.
 .br
-.B lvextend \-L +54 vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3
+.B lvextend -L +54 vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3
 
 Extend the size of an LV by the amount of free
 space on PV /dev/sdk3. This is equivalent to specifying
-"\-l +100%PVS" on the command line.
+"-l +100%PVS" on the command line.
 .br
 .B lvextend vg01/lvol01 /dev/sdk3
 
 Extend an LV by 16MiB using specific physical extents.
 .br
-.B lvextend \-L+16m vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8\-9 /dev/sdb:8\-9
+.B lvextend -L+16m vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8-9 /dev/sdb:8-9

man/lvextend.8_pregen

@@ -1,21 +1,14 @@
-.TH LVEXTEND 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVEXTEND 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvextend \- Add space to a logical volume
-.P
+lvextend - Add space to a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvextend\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .P
 .ad l
     \fB--alloc\fP \fBcontiguous\fP|\fBcling\fP|\fBcling_by_tags\fP|\fBnormal\fP|\fBanywhere\fP|\fBinherit\fP
@@ -128,15 +121,12 @@ lvextend \- Add space to a logical volume
 .ad l
  \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
 .ad b
-
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvextend extends the size of an LV. This requires allocating logical
 extents from the VG's free physical extents. If the extension adds a new
 LV segment, the new segment will use the existing segment type of the LV.
 
-Extending a copy\-on\-write snapshot LV adds space for COW blocks.
+Extending a copy-on-write snapshot LV adds space for COW blocks.
 
 Use \fBlvconvert\fP(8) to change the number of data images in a RAID or
 mirrored LV.
@@ -144,12 +134,7 @@ mirrored LV.
 In the usage section below, \fB--size\fP \fISize\fP can be replaced
 with \fB--extents\fP \fINumber\fP.  See both descriptions
 the options section.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 Extend an LV by a specified size.
 .br
 .P
@@ -182,10 +167,7 @@ Extend an LV by a specified size.
 .RS 4
 [ \fIPV\fP ... ]
 .RE
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Extend an LV by specified PV extents.
 .br
@@ -208,10 +190,7 @@ Extend an LV by specified PV extents.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Extend a pool metadata SubLV by a specified size.
 .br
@@ -233,10 +212,7 @@ Extend a pool metadata SubLV by a specified size.
 .RS 4
 [ \fIPV\fP ... ]
 .RE
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Extend an LV according to a predefined policy.
 .br
@@ -254,10 +230,7 @@ Extend an LV according to a predefined policy.
 .RS 4
 [ \fIPV\fP ... ]
 .RE
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Common options for command:
 .
@@ -297,9 +270,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--type\fP \fBlinear\fP|\fBstriped\fP|\fBsnapshot\fP|\fBmirror\fP|\fBraid\fP|\fBthin\fP|\fBcache\fP|\fBthin-pool\fP|\fBcache-pool\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -351,12 +322,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--alloc\fP \fBcontiguous\fP|\fBcling\fP|\fBcling_by_tags\fP|\fBnormal\fP|\fBanywhere\fP|\fBinherit\fP
@@ -378,7 +345,6 @@ Optional positional PV args on the command line can also be used to limit
 which PVs the command will use for allocation.
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -386,7 +352,6 @@ See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -394,7 +359,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -404,7 +368,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -412,7 +375,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -420,7 +382,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--extents\fP [\fB+\fP]\fINumber\fP[PERCENT]
@@ -444,7 +405,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -452,28 +412,24 @@ from the current size.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-m\fP|\fB--mirrors\fP \fINumber\fP
 .br
 Not used.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-n\fP|\fB--nofsck\fP
@@ -482,7 +438,6 @@ Do not perform fsck before resizing filesystem when filesystem
 requires it. You may need to use --force to proceed with
 this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nosync\fP
@@ -500,7 +455,6 @@ to reconstruct proper user date in case of device failures.
 raid0 and raid0_meta do not provide any data copies or parity support
 and thus do not support initial synchronization.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -510,7 +464,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--poolmetadatasize\fP [\fB+\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT]
@@ -519,7 +472,6 @@ Specifies the new size of the pool metadata LV.
 The plus prefix \fB+\fP can be used, in which case
 the value is added to the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -527,7 +479,6 @@ the value is added to the current size.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -535,7 +486,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -547,14 +497,12 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-r\fP|\fB--resizefs\fP
 .br
 Resize underlying filesystem together with the LV using fsadm(8).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-L\fP|\fB--size\fP [\fB+\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT]
@@ -567,7 +515,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-i\fP|\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP
@@ -581,11 +528,10 @@ When creating a RAID 4/5/6 LV, this number does not include the extra
 devices that are required for parity. The largest number depends on
 the RAID type (raid0: 64, raid10: 32, raid4/5: 63, raid6: 62), and
 when unspecified, the default depends on the RAID type
-(raid0: 2, raid10: 4, raid4/5: 3, raid6: 5.)
+(raid0: 2, raid10: 2, raid4/5: 3, raid6: 5.)
 To stripe a new raid LV across all PVs by default,
 see lvm.conf allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-I\fP|\fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP[k|UNIT]
@@ -593,7 +539,6 @@ see lvm.conf allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices.
 The amount of data that is written to one device before
 moving to the next in a striped LV.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -604,7 +549,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--type\fP \fBlinear\fP|\fBstriped\fP|\fBsnapshot\fP|\fBmirror\fP|\fBraid\fP|\fBthin\fP|\fBcache\fP|\fBthin-pool\fP|\fBcache-pool\fP
@@ -620,7 +564,6 @@ is inferred from other options or shortcuts
 (e.g. --stripes, --mirrors, --snapshot, --virtualsize, --thin, --cache).
 Use inferred types with care because it can lead to unexpected results.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--usepolicies\fP
@@ -628,7 +571,6 @@ Use inferred types with care because it can lead to unexpected results.
 Perform an operation according to the policy configured in lvm.conf
 or a profile.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -636,14 +578,12 @@ or a profile.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -653,8 +593,6 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
@@ -662,7 +600,6 @@ Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
 LV followed by _<type> indicates that an LV of the
 given type is required. (raid represents raid<N> type)
-
 .HP
 \fIPV\fP
 .br
@@ -673,12 +610,10 @@ of physical extents (PEs). When the first PE is omitted, it defaults
 to the start of the device, and when the last PE is omitted it defaults to end.
 Start and end range (inclusive): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB-\fP\fIPE\fP]...
 Start and length range (counting from 0): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB+\fP\fIPE\fP]...
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -693,25 +628,22 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
-
 Extend the size of an LV by 54MiB, using a specific PV.
 .br
-.B lvextend \-L +54 vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3
+.B lvextend -L +54 vg01/lvol10 /dev/sdk3
 
 Extend the size of an LV by the amount of free
 space on PV /dev/sdk3. This is equivalent to specifying
-"\-l +100%PVS" on the command line.
+"-l +100%PVS" on the command line.
 .br
 .B lvextend vg01/lvol01 /dev/sdk3
 
 Extend an LV by 16MiB using specific physical extents.
 .br
-.B lvextend \-L+16m vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8\-9 /dev/sdb:8\-9
-
+.B lvextend -L+16m vg01/lvol01 /dev/sda:8-9 /dev/sdb:8-9
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -778,4 +710,3 @@ Extend an LV by 16MiB using specific physical extents.
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvm-config.8_des

@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ This command is the same as \fBlvmconfig\fP(8).
 
 lvm config produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
+line settings from --config.

man/lvm-config.8_pregen

@@ -1,33 +1,21 @@
-.TH LVM CONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVM CONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvm config \- Display and manipulate configuration information
-.P
+lvm config - Display and manipulate configuration information
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm config\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This command is the same as \fBlvmconfig\fP(8).
 
 lvm config produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
-
-.P
+line settings from --config.
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm config\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -110,7 +98,6 @@ line settings from \-\-config.
 [ \fIString\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -161,12 +148,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--atversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -179,7 +162,6 @@ to display a configuration that a certain LVM version understands and
 which does not contain any newer settings for which LVM would
 issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -187,7 +169,6 @@ issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -197,7 +178,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -205,7 +185,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -213,35 +192,30 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--file\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 Write output to the named file.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreadvanced\fP
 .br
 Exclude advanced configuration settings from the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelocal\fP
 .br
 Ignore local section.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreunsupported\fP
@@ -252,7 +226,6 @@ yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The \fBcurrent\fP
 and \fBdiff\fP types include unsupported settings in their output by default,
 all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--list\fP
@@ -260,14 +233,12 @@ all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 List config settings with summarizing comment. This is the same as using
 options --typeconfig list --withsummary.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--mergedconfig\fP
@@ -280,7 +251,6 @@ Without merging, only the configuration at the front of the
 cascade is displayed.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--metadataprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -288,7 +258,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 The metadata profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -296,7 +265,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -304,7 +272,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showdeprecated\fP
@@ -316,7 +283,6 @@ if the specified version is lower than the version in which the settings were
 deprecated. The current and diff types include deprecated settings
 in their output by default, all the other types ignore deprecated settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showunsupported\fP
@@ -327,7 +293,6 @@ is not yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The
 current and diff types include unsupported settings in their
 output by default, all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--sinceversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -337,7 +302,6 @@ the y is the minor version and z is the patchlevel (e.g. 2.2.106).
 This option is currently applicable only with --typeconfig new
 to display all configuration settings introduced since given version.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -348,21 +312,18 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--typeconfig\fP \fBcurrent\fP|\fBdefault\fP|\fBdiff\fP|\fBfull\fP|\fBlist\fP|\fBmissing\fP|\fBnew\fP|\fBprofilable\fP|\fBprofilable-command\fP|\fBprofilable-metadata\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unconfigured\fP
 .br
 Internal option used for generating config file during build.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--validate\fP
@@ -373,7 +334,6 @@ at the front of the "config cascade". To validate the whole
 merged configuration tree, also use --mergedconfig.
 The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -381,14 +341,12 @@ The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withcomments\fP
@@ -396,21 +354,18 @@ Display version information.
 Display a full comment for each configuration node. For deprecated
 settings, also display comments about deprecation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withspaces\fP
 .br
 Where appropriate, add more spaces in output for better readability.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withsummary\fP
 .br
 Display a one line comment for each configuration node.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withversions\fP
@@ -419,7 +374,6 @@ Also display a comment containing the version of introduction for
 each configuration node. If the setting is deprecated, also display
 the version since which it is deprecated.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -429,13 +383,10 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -450,7 +401,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -519,4 +469,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvm-dumpconfig.8_des

@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@ This command is the same as \fBlvmconfig\fP(8).
 
 lvm dumpconfig produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
+line settings from --config.

man/lvm-dumpconfig.8_pregen

@@ -1,33 +1,21 @@
-.TH LVM DUMPCONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVM DUMPCONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvm dumpconfig \- Display and manipulate configuration information
-.P
+lvm dumpconfig - Display and manipulate configuration information
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm dumpconfig\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 This command is the same as \fBlvmconfig\fP(8).
 
 lvm dumpconfig produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
-
-.P
+line settings from --config.
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm dumpconfig\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -110,7 +98,6 @@ line settings from \-\-config.
 [ \fIString\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -161,12 +148,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--atversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -179,7 +162,6 @@ to display a configuration that a certain LVM version understands and
 which does not contain any newer settings for which LVM would
 issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -187,7 +169,6 @@ issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -197,7 +178,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -205,7 +185,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -213,35 +192,30 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--file\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 Write output to the named file.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreadvanced\fP
 .br
 Exclude advanced configuration settings from the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelocal\fP
 .br
 Ignore local section.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreunsupported\fP
@@ -252,7 +226,6 @@ yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The \fBcurrent\fP
 and \fBdiff\fP types include unsupported settings in their output by default,
 all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--list\fP
@@ -260,14 +233,12 @@ all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 List config settings with summarizing comment. This is the same as using
 options --typeconfig list --withsummary.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--mergedconfig\fP
@@ -280,7 +251,6 @@ Without merging, only the configuration at the front of the
 cascade is displayed.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--metadataprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -288,7 +258,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 The metadata profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -296,7 +265,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -304,7 +272,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showdeprecated\fP
@@ -316,7 +283,6 @@ if the specified version is lower than the version in which the settings were
 deprecated. The current and diff types include deprecated settings
 in their output by default, all the other types ignore deprecated settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showunsupported\fP
@@ -327,7 +293,6 @@ is not yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The
 current and diff types include unsupported settings in their
 output by default, all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--sinceversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -337,7 +302,6 @@ the y is the minor version and z is the patchlevel (e.g. 2.2.106).
 This option is currently applicable only with --typeconfig new
 to display all configuration settings introduced since given version.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -348,21 +312,18 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--typeconfig\fP \fBcurrent\fP|\fBdefault\fP|\fBdiff\fP|\fBfull\fP|\fBlist\fP|\fBmissing\fP|\fBnew\fP|\fBprofilable\fP|\fBprofilable-command\fP|\fBprofilable-metadata\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unconfigured\fP
 .br
 Internal option used for generating config file during build.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--validate\fP
@@ -373,7 +334,6 @@ at the front of the "config cascade". To validate the whole
 merged configuration tree, also use --mergedconfig.
 The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -381,14 +341,12 @@ The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withcomments\fP
@@ -396,21 +354,18 @@ Display version information.
 Display a full comment for each configuration node. For deprecated
 settings, also display comments about deprecation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withspaces\fP
 .br
 Where appropriate, add more spaces in output for better readability.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withsummary\fP
 .br
 Display a one line comment for each configuration node.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withversions\fP
@@ -419,7 +374,6 @@ Also display a comment containing the version of introduction for
 each configuration node. If the setting is deprecated, also display
 the version since which it is deprecated.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -429,13 +383,10 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -450,7 +401,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -519,4 +469,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvm-fullreport.8_pregen

@@ -1,21 +1,14 @@
-.TH LVM FULLREPORT 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVM FULLREPORT 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvm fullreport \- Display full report
-.P
+lvm fullreport - Display full report
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm fullreport\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvm fullreport produces formatted output about PVs, PV segments, VGs, LVs
 and LV segments. The information is all gathered together for each VG
@@ -23,12 +16,7 @@ and LV segments. The information is all gathered together for each VG
 separate calls to \fBvgs\fP, \fBpvs\fP, and \fBlvs\fP can be inconsistent
 if information changes between commands.
 
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm fullreport\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -139,7 +127,6 @@ if information changes between commands.
 [ \fIVG\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -190,25 +177,19 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--aligned\fP
 .br
 Use with --separator to align the output columns
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--all\fP
 .br
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--binary\fP
@@ -217,7 +198,6 @@ Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values
 for columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting
 the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -225,7 +205,6 @@ the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -235,14 +214,12 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--configreport\fP \fBlog\fP|\fBvg\fP|\fBlv\fP|\fBpv\fP|\fBpvseg\fP|\fBseg\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -250,7 +227,6 @@ See lvmreport(7).
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -258,7 +234,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--foreign\fP
@@ -266,14 +241,12 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Report/display foreign VGs that would otherwise be skipped.
 See lvmsystemid(7) for more information about foreign VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
@@ -281,7 +254,6 @@ Display help text.
 Allows a command to continue with read-only metadata
 operations after locking failures.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreskippedcluster\fP
@@ -289,21 +261,18 @@ operations after locking failures.
 Use to avoid exiting with an non-zero status code if the command is run
 without clustered locking and clustered VGs are skipped.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--logonly\fP
 .br
 Suppress command report and display only log report.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nameprefixes\fP
@@ -312,7 +281,6 @@ Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
 with --noheadings to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
 be used to set environment variables (for example, in udev rules).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noheadings\fP
@@ -320,14 +288,12 @@ be used to set environment variables (for example, in udev rules).
 Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
 Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nolocking\fP
 .br
 Disable locking.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nosuffix\fP
@@ -335,7 +301,6 @@ Disable locking.
 Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with --units
 (except h and H) if processing the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-o\fP|\fB--options\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -346,7 +311,8 @@ The prefix \fB+\fP will append the specified fields to the default fields,
 \fB-\fP will remove the specified fields from the default fields, and
 \fB#\fP will compact specified fields (removing them when empty for all rows.)
 Use \fB-o help\fP to view the list of all available fields.
-The -o option can be repeated, providing several lists.
+Use separate lists of fields to add, remove or compact by repeating the -o option:
+-o+field1,field2 -o-field3,field4 -o#field5.
 These lists are evaluated from left to right.
 Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 \fBvg_all\fP all VG fields,
@@ -357,7 +323,6 @@ Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 See the lvm.conf report section for more config options.
 See lvmreport(7) for more information about reporting.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-P\fP|\fB--partial\fP
@@ -367,7 +332,6 @@ that are only partially available (one or more PVs belonging
 to the VG are missing from the system). Metadata may not be
 changed with this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -375,7 +339,6 @@ changed with this option.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -383,7 +346,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--readonly\fP
@@ -398,7 +360,6 @@ will be made to communicate with the device-mapper kernel driver, so
 this option is unable to report whether or not LVs are
 actually in use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -410,14 +371,12 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--rows\fP
 .br
 Output columns as rows.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -431,14 +390,12 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--separator\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--shared\fP
@@ -447,7 +404,6 @@ Report/display shared VGs that would otherwise be skipped when
 lvmlockd is not being used on the host.
 See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-O\fP|\fB--sort\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -455,7 +411,6 @@ See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
 selection. Precede any column with \fB-\fP for a reverse sort on that column.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -466,21 +421,18 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--trustcache\fP
 .br
 Avoids certain device scanning during command processing. Do not use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unbuffered\fP
 .br
 Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--units\fP \fBr\fP|\fBR\fP|\fBh\fP|\fBH\fP|\fBb\fP|\fBB\fP|\fBs\fP|\fBS\fP|\fBk\fP|\fBK\fP|\fBm\fP|\fBM\fP|\fBg\fP|\fBG\fP|\fBt\fP|\fBT\fP|\fBp\fP|\fBP\fP|\fBe\fP|\fBE\fP
@@ -492,7 +444,6 @@ human-(r)eadable with '<' rounding indicator,
 Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024.
 Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unquoted\fP
@@ -500,7 +451,6 @@ Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 When used with --nameprefixes, output values in the field=value
 pairs are not quoted.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -508,14 +458,12 @@ pairs are not quoted.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -525,18 +473,14 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -551,7 +495,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -620,4 +563,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvm-lvpoll.8_end

@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ To find the name of the pvmove LV that was created by an original
 \fBpvmove /dev/name\fP command, use the command:
 .br
 \fBlvs -a -S move_pv=/dev/name\fP.
-
 .SH EXAMPLES
 
 Continue polling a pvmove operation.
@@ -30,4 +29,3 @@ Continue snapshot merge.
 Continue thin snapshot merge.
 .br
 .B lvm lvpoll --polloperation merge_thin vg/thin_snapshot
-

man/lvm-lvpoll.8_pregen

@@ -1,30 +1,18 @@
-.TH LVM LVPOLL 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVM LVPOLL 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvm lvpoll \- Continue already initiated poll operation on a logical volume
-.P
+lvm lvpoll - Continue already initiated poll operation on a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm lvpoll\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvm lvpoll is an internal command used by \fBlvmpolld\fP(8) to monitor and
 complete \fBlvconvert\fP(8) and \fBpvmove\fP(8) operations. lvpoll itself
 does not initiate these operations and should not normally need to be run
 directly.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvm lvpoll\fP \fB--polloperation\fP \fBpvmove\fP|\fBconvert\fP|\fBmerge\fP|\fBmerge_thin\fP \fILV\fP ...
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -48,7 +36,6 @@ directly.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -99,19 +86,14 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--abort\fP
 .br
 Stop processing a poll operation in lvmpolld.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -119,7 +101,6 @@ Stop processing a poll operation in lvmpolld.
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -127,7 +108,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -137,7 +117,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -145,7 +124,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -153,7 +131,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--handlemissingpvs\fP
@@ -161,35 +138,30 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Allows a polling operation to continue when PVs are missing,
 e.g. for repairs due to faulty devices.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-i\fP|\fB--interval\fP \fINumber\fP
 .br
 Report progress at regular intervals.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--polloperation\fP \fBpvmove\fP|\fBconvert\fP|\fBmerge\fP|\fBmerge_thin\fP
 .br
 The command to perform from lvmpolld.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -197,7 +169,6 @@ The command to perform from lvmpolld.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -205,7 +176,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -216,7 +186,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -224,14 +193,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -241,19 +208,15 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -268,7 +231,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -277,7 +239,6 @@ To find the name of the pvmove LV that was created by an original
 \fBpvmove /dev/name\fP command, use the command:
 .br
 \fBlvs -a -S move_pv=/dev/name\fP.
-
 .SH EXAMPLES
 
 Continue polling a pvmove operation.
@@ -303,7 +264,6 @@ Continue snapshot merge.
 Continue thin snapshot merge.
 .br
 .B lvm lvpoll --polloperation merge_thin vg/thin_snapshot
-
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -370,4 +330,3 @@ Continue thin snapshot merge.
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvm.8_main

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ as "vg0/lvol0".  Where a list of VGs is required but is left empty,
 a list of all VGs will be substituted.  Where a list of LVs is required
 but a VG is given, a list of all the LVs in that VG will be substituted.
 So \fBlvdisplay vg0\fP will display all the LVs in "vg0".
-Tags can also be used - see \fB\-\-addtag\fP below.
+Tags can also be used - see \fB--addtag\fP below.
 .P
 One advantage of using the built-in shell is that configuration
 information gets cached internally between commands.
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ executed directly if the first line is #! followed by the absolute
 path of \fBlvm\fP.
 .P
 Additional hyphens within option names are ignored.  For example,
-\fB\-\-readonly\fP and \fB\-\-read\-only\fP are both accepted.
+\fB--readonly\fP and \fB--read-only\fP are both accepted.
 .
 .SH BUILT-IN COMMANDS
 .
@@ -82,9 +82,6 @@ if command log reporting is enabled.
 .B lvpoll
 Complete lvmpolld operations (Internal command).
 .TP
-.B pvdata
-Not implemented in LVM2.
-.TP
 .B segtypes
 Display recognised Logical Volume segment types.
 .TP
@@ -205,9 +202,6 @@ Display attributes of a Logical Volume.
 .B lvextend
 Extend the size of a Logical Volume.
 .TP
-.B lvmchange
-Change attributes of the Logical Volume Manager.
-.TP
 .B lvmconfig
 Display the configuration information after
 loading \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and any other configuration files.
@@ -237,9 +231,10 @@ Report information about Logical Volumes.
 Scan (all disks) for Logical Volumes.
 .PD
 .P
-The following commands are not implemented in LVM2 but might be
-in the future:
-.BR lvmsadc ", " lvmsar ", " pvdata .
+The following LVM1 commands are not implemented in LVM2:
+.BR lvmchange ", " lvmsadc ", " lvmsar ", " pvdata .
+For performance metrics, use \fBdmstats\fP(8) or to manipulate the kernel
+device-mapper driver used by LVM2 directly, use \fBdmsetup\fP(8).
 .
 .SH VALID NAMES
 .
@@ -318,7 +313,7 @@ those ranges on the specified Physical Volumes are considered.
 
 Then they try each allocation policy in turn, starting with the strictest
 policy (\fBcontiguous\fP) and ending with the allocation policy specified
-using \fB\-\-alloc\fP or set as the default for the particular Logical
+using \fB--alloc\fP or set as the default for the particular Logical
 Volume or Volume Group concerned.  For each policy, working from the
 lowest-numbered Logical Extent of the empty Logical Volume space that
 needs to be filled, they allocate as much space as possible according to
@@ -376,7 +371,7 @@ restrictions described above applied to each step leave the tools no
 discretion over the layout.
 
 To view the way the allocation process currently works in any specific
-case, read the debug logging output, for example by adding \fB\-vvvv\fP to
+case, read the debug logging output, for example by adding \fB-vvvv\fP to
 a command.
 .
 .SH LOGICAL VOLUME TYPES
@@ -414,7 +409,7 @@ File descriptor to use for report output from LVM commands.
 .TP
 .B LVM_COMMAND_PROFILE
 Name of default command profile to use for LVM commands. This profile
-is overriden by direct use of \fB\-\-commandprofile\fP command line option.
+is overriden by direct use of \fB--commandprofile\fP command line option.
 .TP
 .B LVM_RUN_BY_DMEVENTD
 This variable is normally set by dmeventd plugin to inform lvm2 command
@@ -550,4 +545,5 @@ directly.
 .BR lvmcache (7)
 
 .BR dmsetup (8),
+.BR dmstats (8),
 .BR readline (3)

man/lvm.conf.5_main

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ The settings defined in lvm.conf can be overridden by any
 of these extended configuration methods:
 .TP
 .B direct config override on command line
-The \fB\-\-config ConfigurationString\fP command line option takes the
+The \fB--config ConfigurationString\fP command line option takes the
 ConfigurationString as direct string representation of the configuration
 to override the existing configuration. The ConfigurationString is of
 exactly the same format as used in any LVM configuration file.
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ The \fBcommand profile\fP is used to override selected configuration
 settings at global LVM command level - it is applied at the very beginning
 of LVM command execution and it is used throughout the whole time of LVM
 command execution. The command profile is applied by using the
-\fB\-\-commandprofile ProfileName\fP command line option that is recognised by
+\fB--commandprofile ProfileName\fP command line option that is recognised by
 all LVM2 commands.
 
 The \fBmetadata profile\fP is used to override selected configuration
@@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ processed, the profile is applied automatically. If Volume Group and
 any of its Logical Volumes have different profiles defined, the profile
 defined for the Logical Volume is preferred. The metadata profile can be
 attached/detached by using the \fBlvchange\fP and \fBvgchange\fP commands
-and their \fB\-\-metadataprofile ProfileName\fP and
-\fB\-\-detachprofile\fP options or the \fB\-\-metadataprofile\fP
+and their \fB--metadataprofile ProfileName\fP and
+\fB--detachprofile\fP options or the \fB--metadataprofile\fP
 option during creation when using \fBvgcreate\fP or \fBlvcreate\fP command.
 The \fBvgs\fP and \fBlvs\fP reporting commands provide \fB-o vg_profile\fP
 and \fB-o lv_profile\fP output options to show the metadata profile
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ For this purpose, there's the \fBcommand_profile_template.profile\fP
 (for metadata profiles) which contain all settings that are customizable
 by profiles of certain type. Users are encouraged to copy these template
 profiles and edit them as needed. Alternatively, the
-\fBlvmconfig \-\-file <ProfileName.profile> \-\-type profilable-command <section>\fP
-or \fBlvmconfig \-\-file <ProfileName.profile> \-\-type profilable-metadata <section>\fP
+\fBlvmconfig --file <ProfileName.profile> --type profilable-command <section>\fP
+or \fBlvmconfig --file <ProfileName.profile> --type profilable-metadata <section>\fP
 can be used to generate a configuration with profilable settings in either
 of the type for given section and save it to new ProfileName.profile
 (if the section is not specified, all profilable settings are reported).
@@ -166,30 +166,30 @@ See the man page
 Command to print a list of all possible config settings, with their
 default values:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default
+.B lvmconfig --type default
 
 Command to print a list of all possible config settings, with their
 default values, and a full description of each as a comment:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default --withcomments
+.B lvmconfig --type default --withcomments
 
 Command to print a list of all possible config settings, with their
 current values (configured, non-default values are shown):
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type current
+.B lvmconfig --type current
 
 Command to print all config settings that have been configured with a
 different value than the default (configured, non-default values are
 shown):
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type diff
+.B lvmconfig --type diff
 
 Command to print a single config setting, with its default value,
 and a full description, where "Section" refers to the config section,
 e.g. global, and "Setting" refers to the name of the specific setting,
 e.g. umask:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default --withcomments Section/Setting
+.B lvmconfig --type default --withcomments Section/Setting
 
 
 .SH FILES

man/lvm2-activation-generator.8_main

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .TH "LVM2-ACTIVATION-GENERATOR" "8" "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc" "\""
 .SH "NAME"
-lvm2-activation-generator \- generator for systemd units to activate LVM2 volumes on boot
+lvm2-activation-generator - generator for systemd units to activate LVM2 volumes on boot
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B #SYSTEMD_GENERATOR_DIR#/lvm2-activation-generator
 .sp
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ option is used). Otherwise, if \fBlvmetad\fP(8) is enabled,
 the lvm2-activation-generator exits immediately without generating
 any systemd units and LVM2 fully relies on event-based activation
 to activate the LVM2 volumes instead using the \fBpvscan\fP(8)
-(pvscan \-\-cache -aay) call that is a part of \fBudev\fP(8) rules.
+(pvscan --cache -aay) call that is a part of \fBudev\fP(8) rules.
 
 These systemd units are generated by lvm2-activation-generator:
 .sp

man/lvmcache.7_main

@@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ The primary method for using a cache type logical volume:
 
 Create an LV or identify an existing LV to be the origin LV.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n OriginLV \-L LargeSize VG SlowPVs
+.B lvcreate -n OriginLV -L LargeSize VG SlowPVs
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n lvol0 \-L 100G vg
+# lvcreate -n lvol0 -L 100G vg
 
 
 .SS 1. create CacheDataLV
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ Create the cache data LV.  This LV will hold data blocks from the
 OriginLV.  The size of this LV is the size of the cache and will be
 reported as the size of the cache pool LV.  
 
-.B lvcreate \-n CacheDataLV \-L CacheSize VG FastPVs
+.B lvcreate -n CacheDataLV -L CacheSize VG FastPVs
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n cache0 \-L 10G vg /dev/fast
+# lvcreate -n cache0 -L 10G vg /dev/fast
 
 
 .SS 2. create CacheMetaLV
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ Create the cache metadata LV.  This LV will hold cache pool metadata.  The
 size of this LV should be 1000 times smaller than the cache data LV, with
 a minimum size of 8MiB.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n CacheMetaLV \-L MetaSize VG FastPVs
+.B lvcreate -n CacheMetaLV -L MetaSize VG FastPVs
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n cache0meta \-L 12M vg /dev/fast
+# lvcreate -n cache0meta -L 12M vg /dev/fast
 
 .nf
 # lvs -a vg
@@ -88,14 +88,14 @@ CacheDataLV is renamed CachePoolLV_cdata and becomes hidden.
 .br
 CacheMetaLV is renamed CachePoolLV_cmeta and becomes hidden.
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-type cache-pool \-\-poolmetadata VG/CacheMetaLV
+.B lvconvert --type cache-pool --poolmetadata VG/CacheMetaLV
 .RS
 .B VG/CacheDataLV
 .RE
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/cache0meta vg/cache0
+# lvconvert --type cache-pool --poolmetadata vg/cache0meta vg/cache0
 
 .nf
 # lvs -a vg
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ CacheLV takes the name of OriginLV.
 .br
 OriginLV is renamed OriginLV_corig and becomes hidden.
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool VG/CachePoolLV VG/OriginLV
+.B lvconvert --type cache --cachepool VG/CachePoolLV VG/OriginLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool vg/cache0 vg/lvol0
+# lvconvert --type cache --cachepool vg/cache0 vg/lvol0
 
 .nf
 # lvs -a vg
@@ -198,21 +198,21 @@ pool sub-LVs redundant.
 .I Example
 .nf
 0. Create an origin LV we wish to cache
-# lvcreate \-L 10G \-n lv1 vg /dev/slow_devs
+# lvcreate -L 10G -n lv1 vg /dev/slow_devs
 
 1. Create a 2-way RAID1 cache data LV
-# lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-L 1G -n cache1 vg \\
+# lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -L 1G -n cache1 vg \\
 	/dev/fast1 /dev/fast2
 
 2. Create a 2-way RAID1 cache metadata LV
-# lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-L 8M -n cache1meta vg \\
+# lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -L 8M -n cache1meta vg \\
 	/dev/fast1 /dev/fast2
 
 3. Create a cache pool LV combining cache data LV and cache metadata LV
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/cache1meta vg/cache1
+# lvconvert --type cache-pool --poolmetadata vg/cache1meta vg/cache1
 
 4. Create a cached LV by combining the cache pool LV and origin LV
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool vg/cache1 vg/lv1
+# lvconvert --type cache --cachepool vg/cache1 vg/lv1
 .fi
 
 .SS Cache mode
@@ -229,11 +229,11 @@ from the cache pool back to the origin LV.  This mode will increase
 performance, but the loss of a device associated with the cache pool LV
 can result in lost data.
 
-With the \-\-cachemode option, the cache mode can be set when creating a
+With the --cachemode option, the cache mode can be set when creating a
 cache LV, or changed on an existing cache LV.  The current cache mode of a
 cache LV can be displayed with the cache_mode reporting option:
 
-.B lvs \-o+cache_mode VG/CacheLV
+.B lvs -o+cache_mode VG/CacheLV
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
 .B allocation/cache_mode
@@ -243,21 +243,21 @@ defines the default cache mode.
 .I Example
 .nf
 0. Create an origin LV we wish to cache (yours may already exist)
-# lvcreate \-L 10G \-n lv1 vg /dev/slow
+# lvcreate -L 10G -n lv1 vg /dev/slow
 
 1. Create a cache data LV
-# lvcreate \-L 1G \-n cache1 vg /dev/fast
+# lvcreate -L 1G -n cache1 vg /dev/fast
 
 2. Create a cache metadata LV
-# lvcreate \-L 8M \-n cache1meta vg /dev/fast
+# lvcreate -L 8M -n cache1meta vg /dev/fast
 
 3. Create a cache pool LV
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/cache1meta vg/cache1
+# lvconvert --type cache-pool --poolmetadata vg/cache1meta vg/cache1
 
 4. Create a cache LV by combining the cache pool LV and origin LV,
    and use the writethrough cache mode.
-# lvconvert \-\-type cache \-\-cachepool vg/cache1 \\
-	\-\-cachemode writethrough vg/lv1
+# lvconvert --type cache --cachepool vg/cache1 \\
+	--cachemode writethrough vg/lv1
 .fi
 
 
@@ -275,18 +275,18 @@ The "mq" policy has a number of tunable parameters. The defaults are
 chosen to be suitable for the majority of systems, but in special
 circumstances, changing the settings can improve performance.
 
-With the \-\-cachepolicy and \-\-cachesettings options, the cache policy
+With the --cachepolicy and --cachesettings options, the cache policy
 and settings can be set when creating a cache LV, or changed on an
 existing cache LV (both options can be used together).  The current cache
 policy and settings of a cache LV can be displayed with the cache_policy
 and cache_settings reporting options:
 
-.B lvs \-o+cache_policy,cache_settings VG/CacheLV
+.B lvs -o+cache_policy,cache_settings VG/CacheLV
 
 .I Example
 .nf
 Change the cache policy and settings of an existing cache LV.
-# lvchange \-\-cachepolicy mq \-\-cachesettings \\
+# lvchange --cachepolicy mq --cachesettings \\
 	\(aqmigration_threshold=2048 random_threshold=4\(aq vg/lv1
 .fi
 
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ defines the default cache settings.
 \&
 
 The size of data blocks managed by a cache pool can be specified with the
-\-\-chunksize option when the cache LV is created.  The default unit
+--chunksize option when the cache LV is created.  The default unit
 is KiB. The value must be a multiple of 32KiB between 32KiB and 1GiB.
 
 Using a chunk size that is too large can result in wasteful use of the
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ CPU time searching for chunks, and excessive memory tracking chunks.
 
 Command to display the cache pool LV chunk size:
 .br
-.B lvs \-o+chunksize VG/CacheLV
+.B lvs -o+chunksize VG/CacheLV
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
 .B cache_pool_chunk_size
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ controls the default chunk size used when creating a cache LV.
 
 The default value is shown by:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default allocation/cache_pool_chunk_size
+.B lvmconfig --type default allocation/cache_pool_chunk_size
 
 
 .SS Spare metadata LV
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ the same VG.
 
 .B lvcreate -n CacheDataLV -L CacheSize VG
 .br
-.B lvconvert --type cache\-pool VG/CacheDataLV
+.B lvconvert --type cache-pool VG/CacheDataLV
 
 
 .SS Create a new cache LV without an existing origin LV
@@ -360,9 +360,9 @@ A cache LV can be created using an existing cache pool without an existing
 origin LV.  A new origin LV is created and linked to the cache pool in a
 single step.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type cache \-L LargeSize \-n CacheLV
+.B lvcreate --type cache -L LargeSize -n CacheLV
 .RS
-.B \-\-cachepool VG/CachePoolLV VG SlowPVs
+.B --cachepool VG/CachePoolLV VG SlowPVs
 .RE
 
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ A cache pool LV can be created with a single lvcreate command, rather than
 using lvconvert on existing LVs.  This one command creates a cache data
 LV, a cache metadata LV, and combines the two into a cache pool LV.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type cache\-pool \-L CacheSize \-n CachePoolLV VG FastPVs
+.B lvcreate --type cache-pool -L CacheSize -n CachePoolLV VG FastPVs
 
 
 .SS Convert existing LVs to cache types

man/lvmconf.8_main

@@ -4,19 +4,19 @@
 lvmconf \(em LVM configuration modifier
 .SH "SYNOPSIS"
 .B lvmconf
-.RB [ \-\-disable-cluster ]
-.RB [ \-\-enable-cluster ]
-.RB [ \-\-enable-halvm ]
-.RB [ \-\-disable-halvm ]
-.RB [ \-\-file
+.RB [ --disable-cluster ]
+.RB [ --enable-cluster ]
+.RB [ --enable-halvm ]
+.RB [ --disable-halvm ]
+.RB [ --file
 .RI < configfile >]
-.RB [ \-\-lockinglib
+.RB [ --lockinglib
 .RI < lib >]
-.RB [ \-\-lockinglibdir
+.RB [ --lockinglibdir
 .RI < dir >]
-.RB [ \-\-services ]
-.RB [ \-\-mirrorservice ]
-.RB [ \-\-startstopservices ]
+.RB [ --services ]
+.RB [ --mirrorservice ]
+.RB [ --startstopservices ]
 
 .SH "DESCRIPTION"
 lvmconf is a script that modifies the locking configuration in
@@ -26,42 +26,42 @@ changes in the lvm configuration if needed.
 
 .SH "OPTIONS"
 .TP
-.BR \-\-disable-cluster
+.BR --disable-cluster
 Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default non-clustered type. Also reset
 lvmetad use to its default.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-enable-cluster
+.BR --enable-cluster
 Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default clustered type on this system.
 Also disable lvmetad use as it is not yet supported in clustered environment.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-disable-halvm
+.BR --disable-halvm
 Set \fBlocking_type\fR to the default non-clustered type. Also reset
 lvmetad use to its default.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-enable-halvm
+.BR --enable-halvm
 Set \fBlocking_type\fR suitable for HA LVM use.
 Also disable lvmetad use as it is not yet supported in HA LVM environment.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-file " <" \fIconfigfile >
+.BR --file " <" \fIconfigfile >
 Apply the changes to \fIconfigfile\fP instead of the default
 \fI#DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf\fP.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-lockinglib " <" \fIlib >
+.BR --lockinglib " <" \fIlib >
 Set external \fBlocking_library\fR locking library to load if an external locking type is used.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-lockinglibdir " <" \fIdir >
+.BR --lockinglibdir " <" \fIdir >
 .TP
-.BR \-\-services
+.BR --services
 In addition to setting the lvm configuration, also enable or disable related Systemd or SysV
 clvmd and lvmetad services. This script does not configure services provided by cluster resource
 agents.
 .TP
-.BR \-\-mirrorservice
-Also enable or disable optional cmirrord service when handling services (applicable only with \-\-services).
+.BR --mirrorservice
+Also enable or disable optional cmirrord service when handling services (applicable only with --services).
 .TP
-.BR \-\-startstopservices
+.BR --startstopservices
 In addition to enabling or disabling related services, start or stop them immediately
-(applicable only with \-\-services).
+(applicable only with --services).
 .SH FILES
 .I #DEFAULT_SYS_DIR#/lvm.conf
 

man/lvmconfig.8_des

@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
 lvmconfig produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
+line settings from --config.

man/lvmconfig.8_pregen

@@ -1,31 +1,19 @@
-.TH LVMCONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVMCONFIG 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvmconfig \- Display and manipulate configuration information
-.P
+lvmconfig - Display and manipulate configuration information
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvmconfig\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvmconfig produces formatted output from the LVM configuration tree. The
 sources of the configuration data include \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) and command
-line settings from \-\-config.
-
-.P
+line settings from --config.
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvmconfig\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -108,7 +96,6 @@ line settings from \-\-config.
 [ \fIString\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -159,12 +146,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--atversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -177,7 +160,6 @@ to display a configuration that a certain LVM version understands and
 which does not contain any newer settings for which LVM would
 issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -185,7 +167,6 @@ issue a warning message when checking the configuration.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -195,7 +176,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -203,7 +183,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -211,35 +190,30 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--file\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 Write output to the named file.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreadvanced\fP
 .br
 Exclude advanced configuration settings from the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelocal\fP
 .br
 Ignore local section.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreunsupported\fP
@@ -250,7 +224,6 @@ yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The \fBcurrent\fP
 and \fBdiff\fP types include unsupported settings in their output by default,
 all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--list\fP
@@ -258,14 +231,12 @@ all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 List config settings with summarizing comment. This is the same as using
 options --typeconfig list --withsummary.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--mergedconfig\fP
@@ -278,7 +249,6 @@ Without merging, only the configuration at the front of the
 cascade is displayed.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--metadataprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -286,7 +256,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 The metadata profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -294,7 +263,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -302,7 +270,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showdeprecated\fP
@@ -314,7 +281,6 @@ if the specified version is lower than the version in which the settings were
 deprecated. The current and diff types include deprecated settings
 in their output by default, all the other types ignore deprecated settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--showunsupported\fP
@@ -325,7 +291,6 @@ is not yet complete and they are not meant to be used in production. The
 current and diff types include unsupported settings in their
 output by default, all the other types ignore unsupported settings.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--sinceversion\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -335,7 +300,6 @@ the y is the minor version and z is the patchlevel (e.g. 2.2.106).
 This option is currently applicable only with --typeconfig new
 to display all configuration settings introduced since given version.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -346,21 +310,18 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--typeconfig\fP \fBcurrent\fP|\fBdefault\fP|\fBdiff\fP|\fBfull\fP|\fBlist\fP|\fBmissing\fP|\fBnew\fP|\fBprofilable\fP|\fBprofilable-command\fP|\fBprofilable-metadata\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unconfigured\fP
 .br
 Internal option used for generating config file during build.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--validate\fP
@@ -371,7 +332,6 @@ at the front of the "config cascade". To validate the whole
 merged configuration tree, also use --mergedconfig.
 The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -379,14 +339,12 @@ The validation is done even if lvm.conf config/checks is disabled.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withcomments\fP
@@ -394,21 +352,18 @@ Display version information.
 Display a full comment for each configuration node. For deprecated
 settings, also display comments about deprecation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withspaces\fP
 .br
 Where appropriate, add more spaces in output for better readability.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withsummary\fP
 .br
 Display a one line comment for each configuration node.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--withversions\fP
@@ -417,7 +372,6 @@ Also display a comment containing the version of introduction for
 each configuration node. If the setting is deprecated, also display
 the version since which it is deprecated.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -427,13 +381,10 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -448,7 +399,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -517,4 +467,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvmdbusd.8_main

@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ lvmdbusd \(em LVM D-Bus daemon
 .
 .ad l
 .B lvmdbusd
-.RB [ \-\-debug \]
-.RB [ \-\-udev \]
+.RB [ --debug \]
+.RB [ --udev \]
 .ad b
 .
 .SH DESCRIPTION
@@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ as root.
 .SH OPTIONS
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-debug 
+.BR --debug 
 .br
 Enable debug statements 
 .
 .HP
-.BR \-\-udev
+.BR --udev
 .br
 Use udev events to trigger updates
 .

man/lvmdiskscan.8_pregen

@@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
-.TH LVMDISKSCAN 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVMDISKSCAN 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvmdiskscan \- List devices that may be used as physical volumes
-.P
+lvmdiskscan - List devices that may be used as physical volumes
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvmdiskscan\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvmdiskscan scans all SCSI, (E)IDE disks, multiple devices and a bunch of
 other block devices in the system looking for LVM PVs. The size reported
@@ -22,12 +15,7 @@ the scan to avoid a CD ROM, for example.
 
 This command is deprecated, use \fBpvs\fP instead.
 
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvmdiskscan\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -43,7 +31,6 @@ This command is deprecated, use \fBpvs\fP instead.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -94,12 +81,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -107,7 +90,6 @@ Common options for lvm:
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -117,7 +99,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -125,7 +106,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -133,28 +113,24 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--lvmpartition\fP
 .br
 Only report PVs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -162,7 +138,6 @@ Only report PVs.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -170,7 +145,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--readonly\fP
@@ -185,7 +159,6 @@ will be made to communicate with the device-mapper kernel driver, so
 this option is unable to report whether or not LVs are
 actually in use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -196,7 +169,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -204,14 +176,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -221,13 +191,10 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -242,7 +209,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -311,4 +277,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvmdump.8_main

@@ -3,16 +3,16 @@
 lvmdump \(em create lvm2 information dumps for diagnostic purposes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B lvmdump
-.RB [ \-a ]
-.RB [ \-c ]
-.RB [ \-d
+.RB [ -a ]
+.RB [ -c ]
+.RB [ -d
 .IR directory ]
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-l ]
-.RB [ \-m ]
-.RB [ \-p ]
-.RB [ \-s ]
-.RB [ \-u ]
+.RB [ -h ]
+.RB [ -l ]
+.RB [ -m ]
+.RB [ -p ]
+.RB [ -s ]
+.RB [ -u ]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvmdump is a tool to dump various information concerning LVM2.
 By default, it creates a tarball suitable for submission along
@@ -34,69 +34,69 @@ The content of the tarball is as follows:
 .br
 - list of files present /sys/devices/virtual/block
 .br
-- if enabled with \-m, metadata dump will be also included
+- if enabled with -m, metadata dump will be also included
 .br
-- if enabled with \-a, debug output of vgscan, pvscan and list of all available volume groups, physical volumes and logical volumes will be included
+- if enabled with -a, debug output of vgscan, pvscan and list of all available volume groups, physical volumes and logical volumes will be included
 .br
-- if enabled with \-c, cluster status info
+- if enabled with -c, cluster status info
 .br
-- if enabled with \-l, lvmetad state if running
+- if enabled with -l, lvmetad state if running
 .br
-- if enabled with \-p, lvmpolld state if running
+- if enabled with -p, lvmpolld state if running
 .br
-- if enabled with \-s, system info and context
+- if enabled with -s, system info and context
 .br
-- if enabled with \-u, udev info and context
+- if enabled with -u, udev info and context
 .SH OPTIONS
 .TP
-.B \-a
+.B -a
 Advanced collection.
 \fBWARNING\fR: if lvm is already hung, then this script may hang as well
-if \fB\-a\fR is used.
+if \fB-a\fR is used.
 .TP
-.B \-c
+.B -c
 If clvmd is running, gather cluster data as well.
 .TP
-.B \-d  \fIdirectory
+.B -d  \fIdirectory
 Dump into a directory instead of tarball
 By default, lvmdump will produce a single compressed tarball containing
 all the information. Using this option, it can be instructed to only
 produce the raw dump tree, rooted in \fIdirectory\fP.
 .TP
-.B \-h
+.B -h
 Print help message
 .TP
-.B \-l
+.B -l
 Include \fBlvmetad\fP(8) daemon dump if it is running. The dump contains
 cached information that is currently stored in lvmetad: VG metadata,
 PV metadata and various mappings in between these metadata for quick
 access.
 .TP
-.B \-m
+.B -m
 Gather LVM metadata from the PVs
 This option generates a 1:1 dump of the metadata area from all PVs visible
 to the system, which can cause the dump to increase in size considerably.
 However, the metadata dump may represent a valuable diagnostic resource.
 .TP
-.B \-p
+.B -p
 Include \fBlvmpolld\fP(8) daemon dump if it is running. The dump contains
 all in-progress operation currently monitored by the daemon and partial
 history for all yet uncollected results of polling operations already finished
 including reason.
 .TP
-.B \-s
+.B -s
 Gather system info and context. Currently, this encompasses info gathered
 by calling lsblk command and various systemd info and context: overall state
 of systemd units present in the system, more detailed status of units
 controlling LVM functionality and the content of systemd journal for
 current boot.
 .TP
-.B \-u
+.B -u
 Gather udev info and context: /etc/udev/udev.conf file, udev daemon version
-(output of 'udevadm info \-\-version' command), udev rules currently used in the system
+(output of 'udevadm info --version' command), udev rules currently used in the system
 (content of /lib/udev/rules.d and /etc/udev/rules.d directory),
 list of files in /lib/udev directory and dump of current udev
-database content (the output of 'udevadm info \-\-export\-db' command).
+database content (the output of 'udevadm info --export-db' command).
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
 .TP
 \fBLVM_BINARY\fP

man/lvmetad.8_main

@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ lvmetad \(em LVM metadata cache daemon
 
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B lvmetad
-.RB [ \-l
+.RB [ -l
 .IR level [,level...]]
-.RB [ \-p
+.RB [ -p
 .IR pidfile_path ]
-.RB [ \-s
+.RB [ -s
 .IR socket_path ]
-.RB [ \-t
+.RB [ -t
 .IR timeout_value ]
-.RB [ \-f ]
-.RB [ \-h ]
-.RB [ \-V ]
-.RB [ \-? ]
+.RB [ -f ]
+.RB [ -h ]
+.RB [ -V ]
+.RB [ -? ]
 
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ the normal work of the system.  lvmetad can be a disadvantage when disk
 event notifications from the system are unreliable.
 
 lvmetad does not read metadata from disks itself.  Instead, it relies on
-an LVM command, like pvscan \-\-cache, to read metadata from disks and
+an LVM command, like pvscan --cache, to read metadata from disks and
 send it to lvmetad to be cached.
 
 New LVM disks that appear on the system must be scanned before lvmetad
@@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ knows about them.  If lvmetad does not know about a disk, then LVM
 commands using lvmetad will also not know about it.  When disks are added
 or removed from the system, lvmetad must be updated.
 
-lvmetad is usually combined with event\-based system services that
-automatically run pvscan \-\-cache on disks added or removed.  This way,
+lvmetad is usually combined with event-based system services that
+automatically run pvscan --cache on disks added or removed.  This way,
 the cache is automatically updated with metadata from new disks when they
 appear.  LVM udev rules and systemd services implement this automation.
 Automatic scanning is usually combined with automatic activation.  For
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ more information, see
 
 If lvmetad is started or restarted after disks have been added to the
 system, or if the global_filter has changed, the cache must be updated.
-This can be done by running pvscan \-\-cache, or it will be done
+This can be done by running pvscan --cache, or it will be done
 automatically by the next LVM command that's run.
 
 When lvmetad is not used, LVM commands revert to scanning disks for LVM
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ revert to scanning disks.  A warning will also be printed which includes
 the reason why lvmetad is not being used.  The most common reason is the
 existence of duplicate PVs (lvmetad cannot cache data for duplicate PVs.)
 Once duplicates have been resolved, the lvmetad cache is can be updated
-with pvscan \-\-cache and commands will return to using the cache.
+with pvscan --cache and commands will return to using the cache.
 
 Use of lvmetad is enabled/disabled by:
 .br
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Use of lvmetad is enabled/disabled by:
 
 For more information on this setting, see:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-withcomments global/use_lvmetad
+.B lvmconfig --withcomments global/use_lvmetad
 
 To ignore disks from LVM at the system level, e.g. lvmetad, pvscan use:
 .br
@@ -74,42 +74,42 @@ To ignore disks from LVM at the system level, e.g. lvmetad, pvscan use:
 
 For more information on this setting, see
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-withcomments devices/global_filter
+.B lvmconfig --withcomments devices/global_filter
 
 .SH OPTIONS
 
 To run the daemon in a test environment both the pidfile_path and the
 socket_path should be changed from the defaults.
 .TP
-.B \-f
+.B -f
 Don't fork, but run in the foreground.
 .TP
-.BR \-h ", " \-?
+.BR -h ", " -?
 Show help information.
 .TP
-.B \-l \fIlevels
+.B -l \fIlevels
 Specify the levels of log messages to generate as a comma separated list.
 Messages are logged by syslog.
-Additionally, when \-f is given they are also sent to standard error.
+Additionally, when -f is given they are also sent to standard error.
 Possible levels are: all, fatal, error, warn, info, wire, debug.
 .TP
-.B \-p \fIpidfile_path
+.B -p \fIpidfile_path
 Path to the pidfile. This overrides both the built-in default
 (#DEFAULT_PID_DIR#/lvmetad.pid) and the environment variable
 \fBLVM_LVMETAD_PIDFILE\fP.  This file is used to prevent more
 than one instance of the daemon running simultaneously.
 .TP
-.B \-s \fIsocket_path
+.B -s \fIsocket_path
 Path to the socket file. This overrides both the built-in default
 (#DEFAULT_RUN_DIR#/lvmetad.socket) and the environment variable
 \fBLVM_LVMETAD_SOCKET\fP.  To communicate successfully with lvmetad,
 all LVM2 processes should use the same socket path.
 .TP
-.B \-t \fItimeout_value
+.B -t \fItimeout_value
 The daemon may shutdown after being idle for the given time (in seconds). When the
 option is omitted or the value given is zero the daemon never shutdowns on idle.
 .TP
-.B \-V
+.B -V
 Display the version of lvmetad daemon.
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
 .TP

man/lvmlockctl.8_main

@@ -11,41 +11,41 @@ This command interacts with
 
 lvmlockctl [options]
 
-.B  \-\-help | \-h
+.B  --help | -h
         Show this help information.
 
-.B  \-\-quit | \-q
+.B  --quit | -q
         Tell lvmlockd to quit.
 
-.B  \-\-info | \-i
+.B  --info | -i
         Print lock state information from lvmlockd.
 
-.B  \-\-dump | \-d
+.B  --dump | -d
         Print log buffer from lvmlockd.
 
-.B  \-\-wait | \-w 0|1
+.B  --wait | -w 0|1
         Wait option for other commands.
 
-.B  \-\-force | \-f 0|1
+.B  --force | -f 0|1
         Force option for other commands.
 
-.B  \-\-kill | \-k
+.B  --kill | -k
 .I vgname
         Kill access to the VG when sanlock cannot renew lease.
 
-.B  \-\-drop | \-r
+.B  --drop | -r
 .I vgname
         Clear locks for the VG when it is unused after kill (-k).
 
-.B  \-\-gl\-enable | \-E
+.B  --gl-enable | -E
 .I vgname
         Tell lvmlockd to enable the global lock in a sanlock VG.
 
-.B  \-\-gl\-disable | \-D
+.B  --gl-disable | -D
 .I vgname
         Tell lvmlockd to disable the global lock in a sanlock VG.
 
-.B  \-\-stop\-lockspaces | \-S
+.B  --stop-lockspaces | -S
         Stop all lockspaces.
 
 
@@ -73,28 +73,28 @@ forcibly deactivate the VG.  For more, see
 .SS drop
 
 This should only be run after a VG has been successfully deactivated
-following an lvmlockctl \-\-kill command.  It clears the stale lockspace
+following an lvmlockctl --kill command.  It clears the stale lockspace
 from lvmlockd.  In the future, this may become automatic along with an
-automatic handling of \-\-kill.  For more, see
+automatic handling of --kill.  For more, see
 .BR lvmlockd (8).
 
-.SS gl\-enable
+.SS gl-enable
 
 This enables the global lock in a sanlock VG.  This is necessary if the VG
 that previously held the global lock is removed.  For more, see
 .BR lvmlockd (8).
 
-.SS gl\-disable
+.SS gl-disable
 
 This disables the global lock in a sanlock VG.  This is necessary if the
 global lock has mistakenly been enabled in more than one VG.  The global
 lock should be disabled in all but one sanlock VG.  For more, see
 .BR lvmlockd (8).
 
-.SS stop\-lockspaces
+.SS stop-lockspaces
 
 This tells lvmlockd to stop all lockspaces.  It can be useful to stop
-lockspaces for VGs that the vgchange \-\-lock\-stop comand can no longer
+lockspaces for VGs that the vgchange --lock-stop comand can no longer
 see, or to stop the dlm global lockspace which is not directly stopped by
 the vgchange command.  The wait and force options can be used with this
 command.

man/lvmlockd.8_main

@@ -33,50 +33,50 @@ dlm: uses network communication and a cluster manager.
 
 lvmlockd [options]
 
-For default settings, see lvmlockd \-h.
+For default settings, see lvmlockd -h.
 
-.B  \-\-help | \-h
+.B  --help | -h
         Show this help information.
 
-.B  \-\-version | \-V
+.B  --version | -V
         Show version of lvmlockd.
 
-.B  \-\-test | \-T
+.B  --test | -T
         Test mode, do not call lock manager.
 
-.B  \-\-foreground | \-f
+.B  --foreground | -f
         Don't fork.
 
-.B  \-\-daemon\-debug | \-D
+.B  --daemon-debug | -D
         Don't fork and print debugging to stdout.
 
-.B  \-\-pid\-file | \-p
+.B  --pid-file | -p
 .I path
         Set path to the pid file.
 
-.B  \-\-socket\-path | \-s
+.B  --socket-path | -s
 .I path
         Set path to the socket to listen on.
 
-.B  \-\-syslog\-priority | \-S err|warning|debug
+.B  --syslog-priority | -S err|warning|debug
         Write log messages from this level up to syslog.
 
-.B  \-\-gl\-type | \-g sanlock|dlm
+.B  --gl-type | -g sanlock|dlm
         Set global lock type to be sanlock or dlm.
 
-.B  \-\-host\-id | \-i
+.B  --host-id | -i
 .I num
         Set the local sanlock host id.
 
-.B  \-\-host\-id\-file | \-F
+.B  --host-id-file | -F
 .I path
         A file containing the local sanlock host_id.
 
-.B  \-\-sanlock\-timeout | \-o
+.B  --sanlock-timeout | -o
 .I seconds
         Override the default sanlock I/O timeout.
 
-.B  \-\-adopt | \-A 0|1
+.B  --adopt | -A 0|1
         Adopt locks from a previous instance of lvmlockd.
 
 
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ For default settings, see lvmlockd \-h.
 
 .SS Initial set up
 
-Using LVM with lvmlockd for the first time includes some one\-time set up
+Using LVM with lvmlockd for the first time includes some one-time set up
 steps:
 
 .SS 1. choose a lock manager
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ use_lvmlockd = 1
 
 .I sanlock
 .br
-Assign each host a unique host_id in the range 1\-2000 by setting
+Assign each host a unique host_id in the range 1-2000 by setting
 .br
 /etc/lvm/lvmlocal.conf local/host_id
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ systemctl start corosync dlm
 
 .SS 5. create VG on shared devices
 
-vgcreate \-\-shared <vgname> <devices>
+vgcreate --shared <vgname> <devices>
 
 The shared option sets the VG lock type to sanlock or dlm depending on
 which lock manager is running.  LVM commands will perform locking for the
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ VG using lvmlockd.  lvmlockd will use the chosen lock manager.
 
 .SS 6. start VG on all hosts
 
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start
+vgchange --lock-start
 
 lvmlockd requires shared VGs to be started before they are used.  This is
 a lock manager operation to start (join) the VG lockspace, and it may take
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ LVs in a shared VG.
 
 An LV activated exclusively on one host cannot be activated on another.
 When multiple hosts need to use the same LV concurrently, the LV can be
-activated with a shared lock (see lvchange options \-aey vs \-asy.)
+activated with a shared lock (see lvchange options -aey vs -asy.)
 (Shared locks are disallowed for certain LV types that cannot be used from
 multiple hosts.)
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ start lvmlockd
 start lock manager
 .br
 \[bu]
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start
+vgchange --lock-start
 .br
 \[bu]
 activate LVs in shared VGs
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ The shut down sequence is the reverse:
 deactivate LVs in shared VGs
 .br
 \[bu]
-vgchange \-\-lock\-stop
+vgchange --lock-stop
 .br
 \[bu]
 stop lock manager
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ activate the VG will fail without the necessary locks.
 
 A "local VG" is meant to be used by a single host.  It has no lock type or
 lock type "none".  LVM commands and lvmlockd do not perform locking for
-these VGs.  A local VG typically exists on local (non\-shared) devices and
+these VGs.  A local VG typically exists on local (non-shared) devices and
 cannot be used concurrently from different hosts.
 
 If a local VG does exist on shared devices, it should be owned by a single
@@ -252,8 +252,8 @@ using lvmlockd.  From a host not using lvmlockd, visible lockd VGs are
 ignored in the same way as foreign VGs (see
 .BR lvmsystemid (7).)
 
-The \-\-shared option for reporting and display commands causes lockd VGs
-to be displayed on a host not using lvmlockd, like the \-\-foreign option
+The --shared option for reporting and display commands causes lockd VGs
+to be displayed on a host not using lvmlockd, like the --foreign option
 does for foreign VGs.
 
 
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Creates a clvm VG when clvm is configured.
 
 .P
 
-.B vgcreate \-\-shared <vgname> <devices>
+.B vgcreate --shared <vgname> <devices>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Requires lvmlockd to be configured and running.
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ lvmlockd obtains locks from the selected lock manager.
 
 .P
 
-.B vgcreate \-c|\-\-clustered y <vgname> <devices>
+.B vgcreate -c|--clustered y <vgname> <devices>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Requires clvm to be configured and running.
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -343,29 +343,29 @@ global lock will be available, and LVM will be fully operational.
 
 When a new lockd VG is created, its lockspace is automatically started on
 the host that creates it.  Other hosts need to run 'vgchange
-\-\-lock\-start' to start the new VG before they can use it.
+--lock-start' to start the new VG before they can use it.
 
 From the 'vgs' command, lockd VGs are indicated by "s" (for shared) in the
 sixth attr field.  The specific lock type and lock args for a lockd VG can
-be displayed with 'vgs \-o+locktype,lockargs'.
+be displayed with 'vgs -o+locktype,lockargs'.
 
 lockd VGs need to be "started" and "stopped", unlike other types of VGs.
 See the following section for a full description of starting and stopping.
 
 vgremove of a lockd VG will fail if other hosts have the VG started.
-Run vgchange \-\-lock-stop <vgname> on all other hosts before vgremove.
+Run vgchange --lock-stop <vgname> on all other hosts before vgremove.
 (It may take several seconds before vgremove recognizes that all hosts
 have stopped a sanlock VG.)
 
 .SS starting and stopping VGs
 
-Starting a lockd VG (vgchange \-\-lock\-start) causes the lock manager to
+Starting a lockd VG (vgchange --lock-start) causes the lock manager to
 start (join) the lockspace for the VG on the host where it is run.  This
 makes locks for the VG available to LVM commands on the host.  Before a VG
 is started, only LVM commands that read/display the VG are allowed to
 continue without locks (and with a warning).
 
-Stopping a lockd VG (vgchange \-\-lock\-stop) causes the lock manager to
+Stopping a lockd VG (vgchange --lock-stop) causes the lock manager to
 stop (leave) the lockspace for the VG on the host where it is run.  This
 makes locks for the VG inaccessible to the host.  A VG cannot be stopped
 while it has active LVs.
@@ -390,24 +390,24 @@ A lockd VG can be stopped if all LVs are deactivated.
 
 All lockd VGs can be started/stopped using:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock-start
+vgchange --lock-start
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock-stop
+vgchange --lock-stop
 
 
 Individual VGs can be started/stopped using:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start <vgname> ...
+vgchange --lock-start <vgname> ...
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-stop <vgname> ...
+vgchange --lock-stop <vgname> ...
 
 To make vgchange not wait for start to complete:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start \-\-lock\-opt nowait ...
+vgchange --lock-start --lock-opt nowait ...
 
 lvmlockd can be asked directly to stop all lockspaces:
 .br
-lvmlockctl \-\-stop\-lockspaces
+lvmlockctl --stop-lockspaces
 
 To start only selected lockd VGs, use the lvm.conf
 activation/lock_start_list.  When defined, only VG names in this list are
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Scripts or programs on a host that automatically start VGs will use the
 "auto" option to indicate that the command is being run automatically by
 the system:
 
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start \-\-lock\-opt auto [<vgname> ...]
+vgchange --lock-start --lock-opt auto [<vgname> ...]
 
 Without any additional configuration, including the "auto" option has no
 effect; all VGs are started unless restricted by lock_start_list.
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ If the situation arises where more than one sanlock VG contains a global
 lock, the global lock should be manually disabled in all but one of them
 with the command:
 
-lvmlockctl \-\-gl\-disable <vgname>
+lvmlockctl --gl-disable <vgname>
 
 (The one VG with the global lock enabled must be visible to all hosts.)
 
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ and subsequent LVM commands will fail to acquire it.  In this case, the
 global lock needs to be manually enabled in one of the remaining sanlock
 VGs with the command:
 
-lvmlockctl \-\-gl\-enable <vgname>
+lvmlockctl --gl-enable <vgname>
 
 A small sanlock VG dedicated to holding the global lock can avoid the case
 where the GL lock must be manually enabled after a vgremove.
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ cannot be acquired, the LV is not activated and an error is reported.
 This would happen if the LV is active exclusively on another host.  If the
 LV type prohibits shared access, such as a snapshot, the command will
 report an error and fail.
-The shared mode is intended for a multi\-host/cluster application or
+The shared mode is intended for a multi-host/cluster application or
 file system.
 LV types that cannot be used concurrently
 from multiple hosts include thin, cache, raid, mirror, and snapshot.
@@ -638,18 +638,18 @@ acquired by other hosts.  The VG must be forcibly deactivated on the host
 with the expiring lease before other hosts can acquire its locks.
 
 When the sanlock daemon detects that the lease storage is lost, it runs
-the command lvmlockctl \-\-kill <vgname>.  This command emits a syslog
+the command lvmlockctl --kill <vgname>.  This command emits a syslog
 message stating that lease storage is lost for the VG and LVs must be
 immediately deactivated.
 
 If no LVs are active in the VG, then the lockspace with an expiring lease
 will be removed, and errors will be reported when trying to use the VG.
-Use the lvmlockctl \-\-drop command to clear the stale lockspace from
+Use the lvmlockctl --drop command to clear the stale lockspace from
 lvmlockd.
 
 If the VG has active LVs when the lock storage is lost, the LVs must be
 quickly deactivated before the lockspace lease expires.  After all LVs are
-deactivated, run lvmlockctl \-\-drop <vgname> to clear the expiring
+deactivated, run lvmlockctl --drop <vgname> to clear the expiring
 lockspace from lvmlockd.  If all LVs in the VG are not deactivated within
 about 40 seconds, sanlock will reset the host using the local watchdog.
 The machine reset is effectively a severe form of "deactivating" LVs
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ vgchange --lock-stop <vgname>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change the VG lock type to none:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type none <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type none <vgname>
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change the dlm cluster name on the host or move the VG to the new cluster.
@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ cat /sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/cluster_name
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change the VG lock type back to dlm which sets the new cluster name:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type dlm <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type dlm <vgname>
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Start the VG on hosts to use it:
@@ -728,12 +728,12 @@ cat /sys/kernel/config/dlm/cluster/cluster_name
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change the VG lock type to none:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type none \-\-force <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type none --force <vgname>
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change the VG lock type back to dlm which sets the new cluster name:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type dlm <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type dlm <vgname>
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Start the VG on hosts to use it:
@@ -749,18 +749,18 @@ lvmlockd must be configured and running as described in USAGE.
 
 Change a local VG to a lockd VG with the command:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type sanlock|dlm <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type sanlock|dlm <vgname>
 
 Start the VG on hosts to use it:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-start <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-start <vgname>
 
 
 .SS changing a lockd VG to a local VG
 
 Stop the lockd VG on all hosts, then run:
 .br
-vgchange \-\-lock\-type none <vgname>
+vgchange --lock-type none <vgname>
 
 To change a VG from one lockd type to another (i.e. between sanlock and
 dlm), first change it to a local VG, then to the new type.
@@ -773,15 +773,15 @@ All LVs must be inactive to change the lock type.
 First change the clvm VG to a local VG.  Within a running clvm cluster,
 change a clvm VG to a local VG with the command:
 
-vgchange \-cn <vgname>
+vgchange -cn <vgname>
 
 If the clvm cluster is no longer running on any nodes, then extra options
 can be used to forcibly make the VG local.  Caution: this is only safe if
 all nodes have stopped using the VG:
 
-vgchange \-\-config 'global/locking_type=0 global/use_lvmlockd=0'
+vgchange --config 'global/locking_type=0 global/use_lvmlockd=0'
 .RS
-\-cn <vgname>
+-cn <vgname>
 .RE
 
 After the VG is local, follow the steps described in "changing a local VG
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ lvm.conf must be configured to use either lvmlockd (use_lvmlockd=1) or
 clvmd (locking_type=3), but not both.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
-vgcreate \-\-shared creates a lockd VG, and vgcreate \-\-clustered y
+vgcreate --shared creates a lockd VG, and vgcreate --clustered y
 creates a clvm VG.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ need for network clustering.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 lvmlockd defaults to the exclusive activation mode whenever the activation
-mode is unspecified, i.e. \-ay means \-aey, not \-asy.
+mode is unspecified, i.e. -ay means -aey, not -asy.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 lvmlockd commands always apply to the local host, and never have an effect
@@ -856,13 +856,13 @@ lvmlockd saves the cluster name for a lockd VG using dlm.  Only hosts in
 the matching cluster can use the VG.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
-lvmlockd requires starting/stopping lockd VGs with vgchange \-\-lock-start
-and \-\-lock-stop.
+lvmlockd requires starting/stopping lockd VGs with vgchange --lock-start
+and --lock-stop.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 vgremove of a sanlock VG may fail indicating that all hosts have not
 stopped the VG lockspace.  Stop the VG on all hosts using vgchange
-\-\-lock-stop.
+--lock-stop.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 vgreduce or pvmove of a PV in a sanlock VG will fail if it holds the

man/lvmpolld.8_main

@@ -3,22 +3,22 @@
 lvmpolld \(em LVM poll daemon
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .B lvmpolld
-.RB [ \-l | \-\-log
+.RB [ -l | --log
 .RI { all | wire | debug }]
-.RB [ \-p | \-\-pidfile
+.RB [ -p | --pidfile
 .IR pidfile_path ]
-.RB [ \-s | \-\-socket
+.RB [ -s | --socket
 .IR socket_path ]
-.RB [ \-B | \-\-binary
+.RB [ -B | --binary
 .IR lvm_binary_path ]
-.RB [ \-t | \-\-timeout
+.RB [ -t | --timeout
 .IR timeout_value ]
-.RB [ \-f | \-\-foreground ]
-.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ]
-.RB [ \-V | \-\-version ]
+.RB [ -f | --foreground ]
+.RB [ -h | --help ]
+.RB [ -V | --version ]
 
 .B lvmpolld
-.RB [ \-\-dump ]
+.RB [ --dump ]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvmpolld is polling daemon for LVM. The daemon receives requests for polling
 of already initialised operations originating in LVM2 command line tool.
@@ -33,48 +33,48 @@ external factors.
 lvmpolld is used by LVM only if it is enabled in \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) by
 specifying the \fBglobal/use_lvmpolld\fP setting. If this is not defined in the
 LVM configuration explicitly then default setting is used instead (see the
-output of \fBlvmconfig \-\-type default global/use_lvmpolld\fP command).
+output of \fBlvmconfig --type default global/use_lvmpolld\fP command).
 .SH OPTIONS
 
 To run the daemon in a test environment both the pidfile_path and the
 socket_path should be changed from the defaults.
 .TP
-.BR \-f ", " \-\-foreground
+.BR -f ", " --foreground
 Don't fork, but run in the foreground.
 .TP
-.BR \-h ", " \-\-help
+.BR -h ", " --help
 Show help information.
 .TP
-.IR \fB\-l\fP ", " \fB\-\-log\fP " {" all | wire | debug }
+.IR \fB-l\fP ", " \fB--log\fP " {" all | wire | debug }
 Select the type of log messages to generate.
 Messages are logged by syslog.
-Additionally, when \-f is given they are also sent to standard error.
+Additionally, when -f is given they are also sent to standard error.
 There are two classes of messages: wire and debug. Selecting 'all' supplies both
-and is equivalent to a comma-separated list \-l wire,debug.
+and is equivalent to a comma-separated list -l wire,debug.
 .TP
-.BR \-p ", " \-\-pidfile " " \fIpidfile_path
+.BR -p ", " --pidfile " " \fIpidfile_path
 Path to the pidfile. This overrides both the built-in default
 (#DEFAULT_PID_DIR#/lvmpolld.pid) and the environment variable
 \fBLVM_LVMPOLLD_PIDFILE\fP.  This file is used to prevent more
 than one instance of the daemon running simultaneously.
 .TP
-.BR \-s ", " \-\-socket " " \fIsocket_path
+.BR -s ", " --socket " " \fIsocket_path
 Path to the socket file. This overrides both the built-in default
 (#DEFAULT_RUN_DIR#/lvmpolld.socket) and the environment variable
 \fBLVM_LVMPOLLD_SOCKET\fP.
 .TP
-.BR \-t ", " \-\-timeout " " \fItimeout_value
+.BR -t ", " --timeout " " \fItimeout_value
 The daemon may shutdown after being idle for the given time (in seconds). When the
 option is omitted or the value given is zero the daemon never shutdowns on idle.
 .TP
-.BR \-B ", " \-\-binary " " \fIlvm_binary_path
+.BR -B ", " --binary " " \fIlvm_binary_path
 Optional path to alternative LVM binary (default: #LVM_PATH#). Use for
 testing purposes only.
 .TP
-.BR \-V ", " \-\-version
+.BR -V ", " --version
 Display the version of lvmpolld daemon.
 .TP
-.B \-\-dump
+.B --dump
 Contact the running lvmpolld daemon to obtain the complete state and print it
 out in a raw format.
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

man/lvmraid.7_main

@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@ lvmraid \(em LVM RAID
 LVM RAID is a way to create logical volumes (LVs) that use multiple physical
 devices to improve performance or tolerate device failure.  How blocks of
 data in an LV are placed onto physical devices is determined by the RAID
-level.  RAID levels are commonly referred to by number, e.g. raid1, raid5.
+level.  RAID levels are commonly referred by a level specific number
+suffixed to the string 'raid', e.g. raid1, raid5 or raid6.
 Selecting a RAID level involves tradeoffs among physical device
 requirements, fault tolerance, and performance.  A description of the RAID
 levels can be found at
@@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ from the Linux kernel.  DM is used to create and manage visible LVM
 devices, and MD is used to place data on physical devices.
 
 LVM creates hidden LVs (dm devices) layered between the visible LV and
-physical devices.  LVs in that middle layers are called sub LVs.
+physical devices.  LVs in the middle layers are called sub LVs.
 For LVM raid, a sub LV pair to store data and metadata (raid superblock
 and bitmap) is created per raid image/leg (see lvs command examples below).
 
@@ -31,12 +32,12 @@ The LV type corresponds to a RAID level.
 The basic RAID levels that can be used are:
 .B raid0, raid1, raid4, raid5, raid6, raid10.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type
+.B lvcreate --type
 .I RaidLevel
 [\fIOPTIONS\fP]
-.B \-\-name
+.B --name
 .I Name
-.B \-\-size
+.B --size
 .I Size
 .I VG
 [\fIPVs\fP]
@@ -58,23 +59,24 @@ Also called striping, raid0 spreads LV data across multiple devices in
 units of stripe size.  This is used to increase performance.  LV data will
 be lost if any of the devices fail.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid0
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+.B lvcreate --type raid0
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripes
+.B --stripes
 specifies the number of devices to spread the LV across.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripesize
+.B --stripesize
 specifies the size of each stripe in kilobytes.  This is the amount of
 data that is written to one device before moving to the next.
 .P
 
 \fIPVs\fP specifies the devices to use.  If not specified, lvm will choose
-\fINumber\fP devices, one for each stripe.
+\fINumber\fP devices, one for each stripe based on the number of PVs
+available or supplied.
 
 .SS raid1
 
@@ -84,15 +86,15 @@ Also called mirroring, raid1 uses multiple devices to duplicate LV data.
 The LV data remains available if all but one of the devices fail.
 The minimum number of devices (i.e. sub LV pairs) required is 2.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid1
-[\fB\-\-mirrors\fP \fINumber\fP]
+.B lvcreate --type raid1
+[\fB--mirrors\fP \fINumber\fP]
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-mirrors
+.B --mirrors
 specifies the number of mirror images in addition to the original LV
-image, e.g. \-\-mirrors 1 means there are two images of the data, the
+image, e.g. --mirrors 1 means there are two images of the data, the
 original and one mirror image.
 .P
 
@@ -108,19 +110,20 @@ storing parity blocks.  The LV data remains available if one device fails.  The
 parity is used to recalculate data that is lost from a single device.  The
 minimum number of devices required is 3.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid4
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+.B lvcreate --type raid4
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripes
+.B --stripes
 specifies the number of devices to use for LV data.  This does not include
-the extra device lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  \fINumber\fP stripes
-requires \fINumber\fP+1 devices.  \fINumber\fP must be 2 or more.
+the extra device lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  A raid4 LV with
+\fINumber\fP stripes requires \fINumber\fP+1 devices.  \fINumber\fP must
+be 2 or more.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripesize
+.B --stripesize
 specifies the size of each stripe in kilobytes.  This is the amount of
 data that is written to one device before moving to the next.
 .P
@@ -141,19 +144,20 @@ a rotating pattern for performance reasons.  The LV data remains available
 if one device fails.  The parity is used to recalculate data that is lost
 from a single device.  The minimum number of devices required is 3.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid5
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+.B lvcreate --type raid5
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripes
+.B --stripes
 specifies the number of devices to use for LV data.  This does not include
-the extra device lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  \fINumber\fP stripes
-requires \fINumber\fP+1 devices.  \fINumber\fP must be 2 or more.
+the extra device lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  A raid5 LV with
+\fINumber\fP stripes requires \fINumber\fP+1 devices.  \fINumber\fP must
+be 2 or more.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripesize
+.B --stripesize
 specifies the size of each stripe in kilobytes.  This is the amount of
 data that is written to one device before moving to the next.
 .P
@@ -178,19 +182,20 @@ LV data remains available if up to two devices fail.  The parity is used
 to recalculate data that is lost from one or two devices.  The minimum
 number of devices required is 5.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid6
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+.B lvcreate --type raid6
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripes
+.B --stripes
 specifies the number of devices to use for LV data.  This does not include
-the extra two devices lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  \fINumber\fP
-stripes requires \fINumber\fP+2 devices.  \fINumber\fP must be 3 or more.
+the extra two devices lvm adds for storing parity blocks.  A raid6 LV with
+\fINumber\fP stripes requires \fINumber\fP+2 devices.  \fINumber\fP must be
+3 or more.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripesize
+.B --stripesize
 specifies the size of each stripe in kilobytes.  This is the amount of
 data that is written to one device before moving to the next.
 .P
@@ -211,24 +216,24 @@ raid10 is a combination of raid1 and raid0, striping data across mirrored
 devices.  LV data remains available if one or more devices remains in each
 mirror set.  The minimum number of devices required is 4.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid10
+.B lvcreate --type raid10
 .RS
-[\fB\-\-mirrors\fP \fINumberMirrors\fP]
+[\fB--mirrors\fP \fINumberMirrors\fP]
 .br
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumberStripes\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumberStripes\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 .br
 \fIVG\fP
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 .RE
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-mirrors
+.B --mirrors
 specifies the number of mirror images within each stripe.  e.g.
-\-\-mirrors 1 means there are two images of the data, the original and one
+--mirrors 1 means there are two images of the data, the original and one
 mirror image.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripes
+.B --stripes
 specifies the total number of devices to use in all raid1 images (not the
 number of raid1 devices to spread the LV across, even though that is the
 effective result).  The number of devices in each raid1 mirror will be
@@ -236,7 +241,7 @@ NumberStripes/(NumberMirrors+1), e.g. mirrors 1 and stripes 4 will stripe
 data across two raid1 mirrors, where each mirror is devices.
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-stripesize
+.B --stripesize
 specifies the size of each stripe in kilobytes.  This is the amount of
 data that is written to one device before moving to the next.
 .P
@@ -252,8 +257,8 @@ less tolerant of device failures.
 
 .SH Synchronization
 
-Synchronization makes all the devices in a RAID LV consistent with each
-other.
+Synchronization is the process that makes all the devices in a RAID LV
+consistent with each other.
 
 In a RAID1 LV, all mirror images should have the same data.  When a new
 mirror image is added, or a mirror image is missing data, then images need
@@ -269,23 +274,23 @@ written.
 The RAID implementation keeps track of which parts of a RAID LV are
 synchronized.  This uses a bitmap saved in the RAID metadata.  The bitmap
 can exclude large parts of the LV from synchronization to reduce the
-amount of work.  Without this, the entire LV would need to be synchronized
-every time it was activated.  When a RAID LV is first created and
-activated the first synchronization is called initialization.
+amount of work after a crash.  Without this, the entire LV would need
+to be synchronized every time it was activated.  When a RAID LV is
+first created and activated the first synchronization is called initialization.
 
 Automatic synchronization happens when a RAID LV is activated, but it is
 usually partial because the bitmaps reduce the areas that are checked.
-A full sync may become necessary when devices in the RAID LV are changed.
+A full sync becomes necessary when devices in the RAID LV are replaced.
 
 The synchronization status of a RAID LV is reported by the
-following command, where "image synced" means sync is complete:
+following command, where "Cpy%Sync" = "100%" means sync is complete:
 
 .B lvs -a -o name,sync_percent
 
 
 .SS Scrubbing
 
-Scrubbing is a full scan/synchronization of the RAID LV requested by a user.
+Scrubbing is a full scan of the RAID LV requested by a user.
 Scrubbing can find problems that are missed by partial synchronization.
 
 Scrubbing assumes that RAID metadata and bitmaps may be inaccurate, so it
@@ -296,13 +301,13 @@ excludes areas outside of the RAID write-intent bitmap.
 
 The command to scrub a RAID LV can operate in two different modes:
 
-.B lvchange \-\-syncaction
+.B lvchange --syncaction
 .BR check | repair
 .IR VG / LV
 
 .HP
 .B check
-Check mode is read\-only and only detects inconsistent areas in the RAID
+Check mode is read-only and only detects inconsistent areas in the RAID
 LV, it does not correct them.
 
 .HP
@@ -316,7 +321,7 @@ Scrubbing can consume a lot of bandwidth and slow down application I/O on
 the RAID LV.  To control the I/O rate used for scrubbing, use:
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-maxrecoveryrate
+.B --maxrecoveryrate
 .BR \fIRate [ b | B | s | S | k | K | m | M | g | G ]
 .br
 Sets the maximum recovery rate for a RAID LV.  \fIRate\fP is specified as
@@ -325,7 +330,7 @@ then KiB/sec/device is assumed.  Setting the recovery rate to \fB0\fP
 means it will be unbounded.
 
 .HP
-.BR \-\-minrecoveryrate
+.BR --minrecoveryrate
 .BR \fIRate [ b | B | s | S | k | K | m | M | g | G ]
 .br
 Sets the minimum recovery rate for a RAID LV.  \fIRate\fP is specified as
@@ -367,15 +372,15 @@ not know which data is correct.  The result may be consistent but
 incorrect data.  When two different blocks of data must be made
 consistent, it chooses the block from the device that would be used during
 RAID intialization.  However, if the PV holding corrupt data is known,
-lvchange \-\-rebuild can be used to reconstruct the data on the bad
-device.
+lvchange --rebuild can be used in place of scrubbing to reconstruct the
+data on the bad device.
 
 Future developments might include:
 
 Allowing a user to choose the correct version of data during repair.
 
 Using a majority of devices to determine the correct version of data to
-use in a three-way RAID1 or RAID6 LV.
+use in a 3-way RAID1 or RAID6 LV.
 
 Using a checksumming device to pin-point when and where an error occurs,
 allowing it to be rewritten.
@@ -386,8 +391,8 @@ allowing it to be rewritten.
 An LV is often a combination of other hidden LVs called SubLVs.  The
 SubLVs either use physical devices, or are built from other SubLVs
 themselves.  SubLVs hold LV data blocks, RAID parity blocks, and RAID
-metadata.  SubLVs are generally hidden, so the lvs \-a option is required
-display them:
+metadata.  SubLVs are generally hidden, so the lvs -a option is required
+to display them:
 
 .B lvs -a -o name,segtype,devices
 
@@ -559,8 +564,8 @@ RAID6 LVs can tolerate losing two devices without LV data loss.
 
 .IP \[bu] 3
 RAID10 is variable, and depends on which devices are lost.  It can
-tolerate losing all but one device in a single raid1 mirror without
-LV data loss.
+tolerate losing all but one device in a raid1 set, where each stripe
+is composed of a raid1 set, without LV data loss.
 
 .P
 
@@ -596,7 +601,7 @@ WARNING: Device for PV uItL3Z-wBME-DQy0-... not found or rejected ...
 .fi
 
 This warning will go away if the device returns or is removed from the
-VG (see \fBvgreduce \-\-removemissing\fP).
+VG (see \fBvgreduce --removemissing\fP).
 
 
 .SS Activating an LV with missing devices
@@ -604,7 +609,7 @@ VG (see \fBvgreduce \-\-removemissing\fP).
 A RAID LV that is missing devices may be activated or not, depending on
 the "activation mode" used in lvchange:
 
-.B lvchange \-ay \-\-activationmode
+.B lvchange -ay --activationmode
 .RB { complete | degraded | partial }
 .IR VG / LV
 
@@ -621,7 +626,7 @@ tolerate the number of missing devices without LV data loss.
 .br
 The LV is always activated, even if portions of the LV data are missing
 because of the missing device(s).  This should only be used to perform
-recovery or repair operations.
+extreme recovery or repair operations.
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
 .B activation/activation_mode
@@ -635,27 +640,27 @@ lvmconfig --type default activation/activation_mode
 
 .SS Replacing Devices
 
-Devices in a RAID LV can be replaced with other devices in the VG.  When
+Devices in a RAID LV can be replaced by other devices in the VG.  When
 replacing devices that are no longer visible on the system, use lvconvert
-\-\-repair.  When replacing devices that are still visible, use lvconvert
-\-\-replace.  The repair command will attempt to restore the same number
+--repair.  When replacing devices that are still visible, use lvconvert
+--replace.  The repair command will attempt to restore the same number
 of data LVs that were previously in the LV.  The replace option can be
 repeated to replace multiple PVs.  Replacement devices can be optionally
 listed with either option.
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-repair
+.B lvconvert --repair
 .IR VG / LV
 [\fINewPVs\fP]
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-replace
+.B lvconvert --replace
 \fIOldPV\fP
 .IR VG / LV
 [\fINewPV\fP]
 
 .B lvconvert
-.B \-\-replace
+.B --replace
 \fIOldPV1\fP
-.B \-\-replace
+.B --replace
 \fIOldPV2\fP
 ...
 .IR VG / LV
@@ -673,7 +678,7 @@ Restoring a device will usually require at least partial synchronization
 in the RAID LV operating in degraded mode until it is reactivated.  Use
 the lvchange command to refresh an LV:
 
-.B lvchange \-\-refresh
+.B lvchange --refresh
 .IR VG / LV
 
 .nf
@@ -709,19 +714,20 @@ replace failed devices.
 .B allocate
 .br
 dmeventd automatically attempts to repair the LV using spare devices
-in the VG.  Note that even a transient failure is handled as a permanent
-failure; a new device is allocated and full synchronization is started.
+in the VG.  Note that even a transient failure is treated as a permanent
+failure under this setting.  A new device is allocated and full
+synchronization is started.
 
 The specific command run by dmeventd to warn or repair is:
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-repair \-\-use\-policies
+.B lvconvert --repair --use-policies
 .IR VG / LV
 
 
 .SS Corrupted Data
 
-Data on a device can be corrupted due to hardware errors, without the
-device ever being disconnected, and without any fault in the software.
+Data on a device can be corrupted due to hardware errors without the
+device ever being disconnected or there being any fault in the software.
 This should be rare, and can be detected (see \fBScrubbing\fP).
 
 
@@ -730,7 +736,7 @@ This should be rare, and can be detected (see \fBScrubbing\fP).
 If specific PVs in a RAID LV are known to have corrupt data, the data on
 those PVs can be reconstructed with:
 
-.B lvchange \-\-rebuild PV
+.B lvchange --rebuild PV
 .IR VG / LV
 
 The rebuild option can be repeated with different PVs to replace the data
@@ -776,7 +782,7 @@ A RAID1 LV can be tuned so that certain devices are avoided for reading
 while all devices are still written to.
 
 .B lvchange
-.BR \-\- [ raid ] writemostly
+.BR -- [ raid ] writemostly
 .BR \fIPhysicalVolume [ : { y | n | t }]
 .IR VG / LV
 
@@ -803,7 +809,7 @@ further writes become synchronous.  When synchronous, a write to the LV
 will not complete until writes to all the mirror images are complete.
 
 .B lvchange
-.BR \-\- [ raid ] writebehind
+.BR -- [ raid ] writebehind
 .IR IOCount
 .IR VG / LV
 
@@ -819,8 +825,8 @@ synchronous.
 
 RAID takeover is converting a RAID LV from one RAID level to another, e.g.
 raid5 to raid6.  Changing the RAID level is usually done to increase or
-decrease resilience to device failures.  This is done using lvconvert and
-specifying the new RAID level as the LV type:
+decrease resilience to device failures or to restripe LVs.  This is done
+using lvconvert and specifying the new RAID level as the LV type:
 
 .B lvconvert --type
 .I RaidLevel
@@ -860,7 +866,7 @@ blocks to a new image on a new device.  Converting to a parity RAID level
 requires reading all LV data blocks, calculating parity, and writing the
 new parity blocks.  Synchronization can take a long time and degrade
 performance (rate controls also apply to conversion, see
-\fB\-\-maxrecoveryrate\fP.)
+\fB--maxrecoveryrate\fP.)
 
 Warning: though it is possible to create \fBstriped\fP LVs  with up to 128 stripes,
 a maximum of 64 stripes can be converted to \fBraid0\fP, 63 to \fBraid4/5\fP and
@@ -1023,7 +1029,7 @@ stripes.
 When changing the RAID layout or stripe size, no new SubLVs (MetaLVs or
 DataLVs) need to be allocated, but DataLVs are extended by a small amount
 (typically 1 extent).  The extra space allows blocks in a stripe to be
-updated safely, and not corrupted in case of a crash.  If a crash occurs,
+updated safely, and not be corrupted in case of a crash.  If a crash occurs,
 reshaping can just be restarted.
 
 (If blocks in a stripe were updated in place, a crash could leave them
@@ -1438,7 +1444,7 @@ Mind the fact that stripes are removed thus the capacity of the RaidLV will shri
 
 "lvconvert --stripes 1 vg/lv" for converting to 1 stripe will inform upfront about
 the reduced size to allow for resizing the content or growing the RaidLV before
-actually converting to 1 stripe.  The \fB\-\-force\fP option is needed to
+actually converting to 1 stripe.  The \fB--force\fP option is needed to
 allow stripe removing conversions to prevent data loss.
 
 Of course any interim step can be the intended last one (e.g. striped -> raid1).
@@ -1602,7 +1608,7 @@ Used for RAID Takeover
 .ig
 .SH RAID Duplication
 
-RAID LV conversion (takeover or reshaping) can be done out\-of\-place by
+RAID LV conversion (takeover or reshaping) can be done out-of-place by
 copying the LV data onto new devices while changing the RAID properties.
 Copying avoids modifying the original LV but requires additional devices.
 Once the LV data has been copied/converted onto the new devices, there are
@@ -1621,23 +1627,23 @@ LV, leaving the original RAID LV unchanged on its original devices.
 
 The command to start duplication is:
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-type
+.B lvconvert --type
 .I RaidLevel
-[\fB\-\-stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB\-\-stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
+[\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP \fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP]
 .RS
-.B \-\-duplicate
+.B --duplicate
 .IR VG / LV
 [\fIPVs\fP]
 .RE
 
 .HP
-.B \-\-duplicate
+.B --duplicate
 .br
-Specifies that the LV conversion should be done out\-of\-place, copying
+Specifies that the LV conversion should be done out-of-place, copying
 LV data to new devices while converting.
 
 .HP
-.BR \-\-type , \-\-stripes , \-\-stripesize
+.BR --type , --stripes , --stripesize
 .br
 Specifies the RAID properties to use when creating the copy.
 
@@ -1673,16 +1679,16 @@ devices (SubLV 0) or the new devices (SubLV 1).
 To make the RAID LV use the data on the old devices, and drop the copy on
 the new devices, specify the name of SubLV 0 (suffix _dup_0):
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-unduplicate
-.BI \-\-name
+.B lvconvert --unduplicate
+.BI --name
 .IB LV _dup_0
 .IR VG / LV
 
 To make the RAID LV use the data copy on the new devices, and drop the old
 devices, specify the name of SubLV 1 (suffix _dup_1):
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-unduplicate
-.BI \-\-name
+.B lvconvert --unduplicate
+.BI --name
 .IB LV _dup_1
 .IR VG / LV
 

man/lvmsadc.8_des

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-lvmsadc is not currently supported in LVM. The device-mapper statistics
-facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
-command.

man/lvmsadc.8_main

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+.TH "LVMSADC" "8" "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc" "\""
+.SH "NAME"
+lvmsadc \(em LVM system activity data collector
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.B lvmsadc
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+lvmsadc is not supported under LVM2. The device-mapper statistics
+facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
+command.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dmstats (8)
+.BR lvm (8)

man/lvmsadc.8_pregen

@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-.TH LVMSADC 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
-.SH NAME
-.
-lvmsadc \- Collect activity data
-.P
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
-\fBlvmsadc\fP
-.br
-    [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
-.br
-.P
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-lvmsadc is not currently supported in LVM. The device-mapper statistics
-facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
-command.
-
-.P
-.SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
-\fBlvmsadc\fP
-.br
-.RS 4
-[ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
-.RE
-.br
-
-
-Common options for lvm:
-.
-.RS 4
-.ad l
-[ \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--longhelp\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--version\fP ]
-.ad b
-
-.RE
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-The command profile to use for command configuration.
-See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-Config settings for the command. These override lvm.conf settings.
-The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
-or may use section/field syntax.
-See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
-.br
-Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
-messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
-.br
-If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
-For testing and debugging.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
-.br
-Display help text.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--longhelp\fP
-.br
-Display long help text.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
-on the command.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
-.br
-Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
-Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
-.br
-Run in test mode. Commands will not update metadata.
-This is implemented by disabling all metadata writing but nevertheless
-returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
-error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
-back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
-.br
-Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
-of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--version\fP
-.br
-Display version information.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
-.br
-Do not prompt for confirmation interactively but always assume the
-answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
-(For automatic no, see -qq.)
-.ad b
-.SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
-.HP
-\fIString\fP
-.br
-See the option description for information about the string content.
-
-.HP
-\fISize\fP[UNIT]
-.br
-Size is an input number that accepts an optional unit.
-Input units are always treated as base two values, regardless of
-capitalization, e.g. 'k' and 'K' both refer to 1024.
-The default input unit is specified by letter, followed by |UNIT.
-UNIT represents other possible input units: \fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fP.
-b|B is bytes, s|S is sectors of 512 bytes, k|K is kilobytes,
-m|M is megabytes, g|G is gigabytes, t|T is terabytes,
-p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
-(This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
-capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
-See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
-For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
-.SH SEE ALSO
-
-.BR lvm (8)
-.BR lvm.conf (5)
-.BR lvmconfig (8)
-
-.BR pvchange (8)
-.BR pvck (8)
-.BR pvcreate (8)
-.BR pvdisplay (8)
-.BR pvmove (8)
-.BR pvremove (8)
-.BR pvresize (8)
-.BR pvs (8)
-.BR pvscan (8) 
-
-.BR vgcfgbackup (8)
-.BR vgcfgrestore (8)
-.BR vgchange (8)
-.BR vgck (8)
-.BR vgcreate (8)
-.BR vgconvert (8)
-.BR vgdisplay (8)
-.BR vgexport (8)
-.BR vgextend (8)
-.BR vgimport (8)
-.BR vgimportclone (8)
-.BR vgmerge (8)
-.BR vgmknodes (8)
-.BR vgreduce (8)
-.BR vgremove (8)
-.BR vgrename (8)
-.BR vgs (8)
-.BR vgscan (8)
-.BR vgsplit (8) 
-
-.BR lvcreate (8)
-.BR lvchange (8)
-.BR lvconvert (8)
-.BR lvdisplay (8)
-.BR lvextend (8)
-.BR lvreduce (8)
-.BR lvremove (8)
-.BR lvrename (8)
-.BR lvresize (8)
-.BR lvs (8)
-.BR lvscan (8)
-
-.BR lvm2-activation-generator (8)
-.BR blkdeactivate (8)
-.BR lvmdump (8)
-
-.BR dmeventd (8)
-.BR lvmetad (8)
-.BR lvmpolld (8)
-.BR lvmlockd (8)
-.BR lvmlockctl (8)
-.BR clvmd (8)
-.BR cmirrord (8)
-.BR lvmdbusd (8)
-
-.BR lvmsystemid (7)
-.BR lvmreport (7)
-.BR lvmraid (7)
-.BR lvmthin (7)
-.BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvmsar.8_des

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-lvmsar is not currently supported in LVM. The device-mapper statistics
-facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
-command.

man/lvmsar.8_main

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+.TH "LVMSAR" "8" "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc" "\""
+.SH "NAME"
+lvmsar \(em LVM system activity reporter
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.B lvmsar
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+lvmsar is not supported under LVM2. The device-mapper statistics
+facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
+command.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.BR dmstats (8)
+.BR lvm (8)

man/lvmsar.8_pregen

@@ -1,296 +0,0 @@
-.TH LVMSAR 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
-.SH NAME
-.
-lvmsar \- Create activity report
-.P
-.
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
-\fBlvmsar\fP
-.br
-    [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
-.br
-.P
-
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-lvmsar is not currently supported in LVM. The device-mapper statistics
-facility provides similar performance metrics using the \fBdmstats(8)\fP
-command.
-
-.P
-.SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
-\fBlvmsar\fP
-.br
-.RS 4
-.ad l
-[ \fB-f\fP|\fB--full\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-s\fP|\fB--stdin\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-[ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
-.RE
-.br
-
-Common options for lvm:
-.
-.RS 4
-.ad l
-[ \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[ \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--longhelp\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP ]
-.ad b
-.br
-.ad l
-[    \fB--version\fP ]
-.ad b
-
-.RE
-
-.SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-The command profile to use for command configuration.
-See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-Config settings for the command. These override lvm.conf settings.
-The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
-or may use section/field syntax.
-See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
-.br
-Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
-messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
-.br
-If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
-For testing and debugging.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-f\fP|\fB--full\fP.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
-.br
-Display help text.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--longhelp\fP
-.br
-Display long help text.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
-.br
-An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
-on the command.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
-.br
-Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
-Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-s\fP|\fB--stdin\fP.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
-.br
-Run in test mode. Commands will not update metadata.
-This is implemented by disabling all metadata writing but nevertheless
-returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
-error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
-back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
-.br
-Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
-of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB--version\fP
-.br
-Display version information.
-.ad b
-
-.HP
-.ad l
-\fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
-.br
-Do not prompt for confirmation interactively but always assume the
-answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
-(For automatic no, see -qq.)
-.ad b
-.SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
-.HP
-\fIString\fP
-.br
-See the option description for information about the string content.
-
-.HP
-\fISize\fP[UNIT]
-.br
-Size is an input number that accepts an optional unit.
-Input units are always treated as base two values, regardless of
-capitalization, e.g. 'k' and 'K' both refer to 1024.
-The default input unit is specified by letter, followed by |UNIT.
-UNIT represents other possible input units: \fBbBsSkKmMgGtTpPeE\fP.
-b|B is bytes, s|S is sectors of 512 bytes, k|K is kilobytes,
-m|M is megabytes, g|G is gigabytes, t|T is terabytes,
-p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
-(This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
-capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
-.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
-See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
-For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
-
-.SH SEE ALSO
-
-.BR lvm (8)
-.BR lvm.conf (5)
-.BR lvmconfig (8)
-
-.BR pvchange (8)
-.BR pvck (8)
-.BR pvcreate (8)
-.BR pvdisplay (8)
-.BR pvmove (8)
-.BR pvremove (8)
-.BR pvresize (8)
-.BR pvs (8)
-.BR pvscan (8) 
-
-.BR vgcfgbackup (8)
-.BR vgcfgrestore (8)
-.BR vgchange (8)
-.BR vgck (8)
-.BR vgcreate (8)
-.BR vgconvert (8)
-.BR vgdisplay (8)
-.BR vgexport (8)
-.BR vgextend (8)
-.BR vgimport (8)
-.BR vgimportclone (8)
-.BR vgmerge (8)
-.BR vgmknodes (8)
-.BR vgreduce (8)
-.BR vgremove (8)
-.BR vgrename (8)
-.BR vgs (8)
-.BR vgscan (8)
-.BR vgsplit (8) 
-
-.BR lvcreate (8)
-.BR lvchange (8)
-.BR lvconvert (8)
-.BR lvdisplay (8)
-.BR lvextend (8)
-.BR lvreduce (8)
-.BR lvremove (8)
-.BR lvrename (8)
-.BR lvresize (8)
-.BR lvs (8)
-.BR lvscan (8)
-
-.BR lvm2-activation-generator (8)
-.BR blkdeactivate (8)
-.BR lvmdump (8)
-
-.BR dmeventd (8)
-.BR lvmetad (8)
-.BR lvmpolld (8)
-.BR lvmlockd (8)
-.BR lvmlockctl (8)
-.BR clvmd (8)
-.BR cmirrord (8)
-.BR lvmdbusd (8)
-
-.BR lvmsystemid (7)
-.BR lvmreport (7)
-.BR lvmraid (7)
-.BR lvmthin (7)
-.BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvmthin.7_main

@@ -99,21 +99,21 @@ The primary method for using lvm thin provisioning:
 
 Create an LV that will hold thin pool data.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinDataLV \-L LargeSize VG
+.B lvcreate -n ThinDataLV -L LargeSize VG
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n pool0 \-L 10G vg
+# lvcreate -n pool0 -L 10G vg
 
 .SS 2. create ThinMetaLV
 
 Create an LV that will hold thin pool metadata.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinMetaLV \-L SmallSize VG
+.B lvcreate -n ThinMetaLV -L SmallSize VG
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n pool0meta \-L 1G vg
+# lvcreate -n pool0meta -L 1G vg
 
 # lvs
   LV        VG Attr       LSize
@@ -129,17 +129,17 @@ ThinMetaLV is renamed to hidden ThinPoolLV_tmeta.
 The new ThinPoolLV takes the previous name of ThinDataLV.
 .fi
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin-pool \-\-poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
+.B lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
+# lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
 
 # lvs vg/pool0
   LV    VG Attr       LSize  Pool Origin Data% Meta%
   pool0 vg twi-a-tz-- 10.00g      0.00   0.00
 
-# lvs \-a
+# lvs -a
   LV            VG Attr       LSize
   pool0         vg twi-a-tz-- 10.00g
   [pool0_tdata] vg Twi-ao---- 10.00g
@@ -157,17 +157,17 @@ The --thinpool argument specifies which thin pool will
 contain the ThinLV.
 .fi
 
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinLV \-V VirtualSize \-\-thinpool ThinPoolLV VG
+.B lvcreate -n ThinLV -V VirtualSize --thinpool ThinPoolLV VG
 
 .I Example
 .br
 Create a thin LV in a thin pool:
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n thin1 \-V 1T \-\-thinpool pool0 vg
+# lvcreate -n thin1 -V 1T --thinpool pool0 vg
 
 Create another thin LV in the same thin pool:
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n thin2 \-V 1T \-\-thinpool pool0 vg
+# lvcreate -n thin2 -V 1T --thinpool pool0 vg
 
 # lvs vg/thin1 vg/thin2
   LV    VG Attr       LSize Pool  Origin Data%
@@ -179,28 +179,28 @@ Create another thin LV in the same thin pool:
 Create snapshots of an existing ThinLV or SnapLV.
 .br
 Do not specify
-.BR \-L ", " \-\-size
+.BR -L ", " --size
 when creating a thin snapshot.
 .br
 A size argument will cause an old COW snapshot to be created.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n SnapLV \-\-snapshot VG/ThinLV
+.B lvcreate -n SnapLV --snapshot VG/ThinLV
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-n SnapLV \-\-snapshot VG/PrevSnapLV
+.B lvcreate -n SnapLV --snapshot VG/PrevSnapLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 Create first snapshot of an existing ThinLV:
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n thin1s1 \-s vg/thin1
+# lvcreate -n thin1s1 -s vg/thin1
 
 Create second snapshot of the same ThinLV:
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n thin1s2 \-s vg/thin1
+# lvcreate -n thin1s2 -s vg/thin1
 
 Create a snapshot of the first snapshot:
 .br
-# lvcreate \-n thin1s1s1 \-s vg/thin1s1
+# lvcreate -n thin1s1s1 -s vg/thin1s1
 
 # lvs vg/thin1s1 vg/thin1s2 vg/thin1s1s1
   LV        VG Attr       LSize Pool  Origin
@@ -211,14 +211,14 @@ Create a snapshot of the first snapshot:
 .SS 6. activate SnapLV
 
 Thin snapshots are created with the persistent "activation skip"
-flag, indicated by the "k" attribute.  Use \-K with lvchange
+flag, indicated by the "k" attribute.  Use -K with lvchange
 or vgchange to activate thin snapshots with the "k" attribute.
 
-.B lvchange \-ay \-K VG/SnapLV
+.B lvchange -ay -K VG/SnapLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
-# lvchange \-ay \-K vg/thin1s1
+# lvchange -ay -K vg/thin1s1
 
 # lvs vg/thin1s1
   LV      VG Attr       LSize Pool  Origin
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ or vgchange to activate thin snapshots with the "k" attribute.
 
 .SH Thin Topics
 
-.B Alternate syntax for specifying type thin\-pool
+.B Alternate syntax for specifying type thin-pool
 .br
 .B Automatic pool metadata LV
 .br
@@ -286,17 +286,17 @@ A thin data LV can be converted to a thin pool LV without specifying a
 thin pool metadata LV.  LVM automatically creates a metadata LV from the
 same VG.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinDataLV \-L LargeSize VG
+.B lvcreate -n ThinDataLV -L LargeSize VG
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool VG/ThinDataLV
+.B lvconvert --type thin-pool VG/ThinDataLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-n pool0 \-L 10G vg
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool vg/pool0
+# lvcreate -n pool0 -L 10G vg
+# lvconvert --type thin-pool vg/pool0
 
-# lvs \-a
+# lvs -a
   pool0           vg          twi-a-tz--  10.00g
   [pool0_tdata]   vg          Twi-ao----  10.00g
   [pool0_tmeta]   vg          ewi-ao----  16.00m
@@ -312,18 +312,18 @@ separate physical devices.  To do that, specify the device name(s)
 at the end of the lvcreate line.  It can be especially helpful
 to use fast devices for the metadata LV.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinDataLV \-L LargeSize VG LargePV
+.B lvcreate -n ThinDataLV -L LargeSize VG LargePV
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinMetaLV \-L SmallSize VG SmallPV
+.B lvcreate -n ThinMetaLV -L SmallSize VG SmallPV
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
+.B lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-n pool0 \-L 10G vg /dev/sdA
-# lvcreate \-n pool0meta \-L 1G vg /dev/sdB
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
+# lvcreate -n pool0 -L 10G vg /dev/sdA
+# lvcreate -n pool0meta -L 1G vg /dev/sdB
+# lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
 .fi
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
@@ -340,18 +340,18 @@ controls the default PV usage for thin pool creation.
 To tolerate device failures, use raid for the pool data LV and
 pool metadata LV.  This is especially recommended for pool metadata LVs.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-n ThinMetaLV \-L SmallSize VG PVA PVB
+.B lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -n ThinMetaLV -L SmallSize VG PVA PVB
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-n ThinDataLV \-L LargeSize VG PVC PVD
+.B lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -n ThinDataLV -L LargeSize VG PVC PVD
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
+.B lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-n pool0 \-L 10G vg /dev/sdA /dev/sdB
-# lvcreate \-\-type raid1 \-m 1 \-n pool0meta \-L 1G vg /dev/sdC /dev/sdD
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
+# lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -n pool0 -L 10G vg /dev/sdA /dev/sdB
+# lvcreate --type raid1 -m 1 -n pool0meta -L 1G vg /dev/sdC /dev/sdD
+# lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
 .fi
 
 
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ pool metadata LV.  This is especially recommended for pool metadata LVs.
 
 The first time a thin pool LV is created, lvm will create a spare
 metadata LV in the VG.  This behavior can be controlled with the
-option \-\-poolmetadataspare y|n.  (Future thin pool creations will
+option --poolmetadataspare y|n.  (Future thin pool creations will
 also attempt to create the pmspare LV if none exists.)
 
 To create the pmspare ("pool metadata spare") LV, lvm first creates
@@ -376,11 +376,11 @@ explicitly.
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-n pool0 \-L 10G vg
-# lvcreate \-n pool0meta \-L 1G vg
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
+# lvcreate -n pool0 -L 10G vg
+# lvcreate -n pool0meta -L 1G vg
+# lvconvert --type thin-pool --poolmetadata vg/pool0meta vg/pool0
 
-# lvs \-a
+# lvs -a
   [lvol0_pmspare] vg          ewi-------
   pool0           vg          twi---tz--
   [pool0_tdata]   vg          Twi-------
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ details of damaged thin metadata to get the best advice on recovery.
 
 Command to repair a thin pool:
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-repair VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvconvert --repair VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 Repair performs the following steps:
 
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ If metadata is manually restored with thin_repair directly,
 the pool metadata LV can be manually swapped with another LV
 containing new metadata:
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV \-\-poolmetadata VG/NewThinMetaLV
+.B lvconvert --thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV --poolmetadata VG/NewThinMetaLV
 
 
 .SS Activation of thin snapshots
@@ -474,29 +474,29 @@ by normal activation commands.  The skipping behavior does not
 apply to deactivation commands.
 
 A snapshot LV with the "k" attribute can be activated using
-the \-K (or \-\-ignoreactivationskip) option in addition to the
-standard \-ay (or \-\-activate y) option.
+the -K (or --ignoreactivationskip) option in addition to the
+standard -ay (or --activate y) option.
 
 Command to activate a thin snapshot LV:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-ay \-K VG/SnapLV
+.B lvchange -ay -K VG/SnapLV
 
 The persistent "activation skip" flag can be turned off during
-lvcreate, or later with lvchange using the \-kn
-(or \-\-setactivationskip n) option.
-It can be turned on again with \-ky (or \-\-setactivationskip y).
+lvcreate, or later with lvchange using the -kn
+(or --setactivationskip n) option.
+It can be turned on again with -ky (or --setactivationskip y).
 
 When the "activation skip" flag is removed, normal activation
-commands will activate the LV, and the \-K activation option is
+commands will activate the LV, and the -K activation option is
 not needed.
 
 Command to create snapshot LV without the activation skip flag:
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-kn \-n SnapLV \-s VG/ThinLV
+.B lvcreate -kn -n SnapLV -s VG/ThinLV
 
 Command to remove the activation skip flag from a snapshot LV:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-kn VG/SnapLV
+.B lvchange -kn VG/SnapLV
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
 .B auto_set_activation_skip
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ the thin pool LV.
 
 Command to extend thin pool data space:
 .br
-.B lvextend \-L Size VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvextend -L Size VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ Command to extend thin pool data space:
   pool0 vg           twi-a-tz--  10.00g               26.96
 
 2. Double the amount of physical space in the thin pool LV.
-# lvextend \-L+10G vg/pool0
+# lvextend -L+10G vg/pool0
 
 3. The percentage of used data blocks is half the previous value.
 # lvs
@@ -560,24 +560,24 @@ fstrim on the file system using a thin LV.
 \&
 
 The available metadata space in a thin pool LV can be displayed
-with the lvs \-o+metadata_percent command.
+with the lvs -o+metadata_percent command.
 
 Command to extend thin pool metadata space:
 .br
-.B lvextend \-\-poolmetadatasize Size VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvextend --poolmetadatasize Size VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 1. A thin pool LV is using 12.40% of its metadata blocks.
 .nf
-# lvs \-oname,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg/pool0
+# lvs -oname,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg/pool0
   LV    LSize   Data%  Meta%
   pool0  20.00g  13.48  12.40
 .fi
 
 2. Display a thin pool LV with its component thin data LV and thin metadata LV.
 .nf
-# lvs \-a \-oname,attr,size vg
+# lvs -a -oname,attr,size vg
   LV              Attr       LSize
   pool0           twi-a-tz--  20.00g
   [pool0_tdata]   Twi-ao----  20.00g
@@ -586,12 +586,12 @@ Command to extend thin pool metadata space:
 
 3. Double the amount of physical space in the thin metadata LV.
 .nf
-# lvextend \-\-poolmetadatasize +12M vg/pool0
+# lvextend --poolmetadatasize +12M vg/pool0
 .fi
 
 4. The percentage of used metadata blocks is half the previous value.
 .nf
-# lvs \-a \-oname,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg
+# lvs -a -oname,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg
   LV              LSize   Data%  Meta%
   pool0            20.00g  13.48   6.20
   [pool0_tdata]    20.00g
@@ -619,12 +619,12 @@ of the file system by 1%.  Removing the 1G file restores the virtual
 thin pool.  The fstrim command restores the physical space to the thin pool.
 
 .nf
-# lvs \-a \-oname,attr,size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent vg
+# lvs -a -oname,attr,size,pool_lv,origin,data_percent,metadata_percent vg
 LV              Attr       LSize   Pool  Origin Data%  Meta%
 pool0           twi-a-tz--  10.00g               47.01  21.03
 thin1           Vwi-aotz-- 100.00g pool0          2.70
 
-# df \-h /mnt/X
+# df -h /mnt/X
 Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
 /dev/mapper/vg-thin1   99G  1.1G   93G   2% /mnt/X
 
@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on
 pool0           vg   twi-a-tz--  10.00g               57.01  25.26
 thin1           vg   Vwi-aotz-- 100.00g pool0          3.70
 
-# df \-h /mnt/X
+# df -h /mnt/X
 /dev/mapper/vg-thin1   99G  2.1G   92G   3% /mnt/X
 
 # rm /mnt/X/1Gfile
@@ -643,10 +643,10 @@ thin1           vg   Vwi-aotz-- 100.00g pool0          3.70
 pool0           vg   twi-a-tz--  10.00g               57.01  25.26
 thin1           vg   Vwi-aotz-- 100.00g pool0          3.70
 
-# df \-h /mnt/X
+# df -h /mnt/X
 /dev/mapper/vg-thin1   99G  1.1G   93G   2% /mnt/X
 
-# fstrim \-v /mnt/X
+# fstrim -v /mnt/X
 
 # lvs
 pool0           vg   twi-a-tz--  10.00g               47.01  21.03
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ default.
 
 Command to start or stop dmeventd monitoring a thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-\-monitor {y|n} VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvchange --monitor {y|n} VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 The current dmeventd monitoring status of a thin pool LV can be displayed
 with the command lvs -o+seg_monitor.
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ system.  This can result in file system corruption for non-journaled file
 systems that may require fsck.  When a thin pool returns errors for writes
 to a thin LV, any file system is subject to losing unsynced user data.
 
-The 60 second timeout can be changed or disabled with the dm\-thin\-pool
+The 60 second timeout can be changed or disabled with the dm-thin-pool
 kernel module option
 .B no_space_timeout.
 This option sets the number of seconds that thin pools will queue writes.
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ When metadata space is exhausted, the lvs command displays 100 under Meta%
 for the thin pool LV:
 
 .nf
-# lvs \-o lv_name,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg/pool0
+# lvs -o lv_name,size,data_percent,metadata_percent vg/pool0
   LV    LSize Data%  Meta%
   pool0              100.00
 .fi
@@ -850,11 +850,11 @@ repair.
 
 1. Deactivate the thin pool LV, or reboot the system if this is not possible.
 
-2. Repair thin pool with lvconvert \-\-repair.
+2. Repair thin pool with lvconvert --repair.
 .br
    See "Metadata check and repair".
 
-3. Extend pool metadata space with lvextend \-\-poolmetadatasize.
+3. Extend pool metadata space with lvextend --poolmetadatasize.
 .br
    See "Manually manage free metadata space of a thin pool LV".
 
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ these presets.  (See "Automatically extend thin pool LV".)
 
 Command to extend a thin pool data LV using presets:
 .br
-.B lvextend \-\-use\-policies VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvextend --use-policies VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 The command uses these settings:
 
@@ -888,12 +888,12 @@ autoextend the LV by this much additional space.
 
 To see the default values of these settings, run:
 
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default \-\-withcomment
+.B lvmconfig --type default --withcomment
 .RS
 .B activation/thin_pool_autoextend_threshold
 .RE
 
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default \-\-withcomment
+.B lvmconfig --type default --withcomment
 .RS
 .B activation/thin_pool_autoextend_percent
 .RE
@@ -919,12 +919,12 @@ For the profile_dir location, run:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Attach the profile to an LV, using the command:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-\-metadataprofile ProfileName VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvchange --metadataprofile ProfileName VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Extend the LV using the profile settings:
 .br
-.B lvextend \-\-use\-policies VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvextend --use-policies VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .P
 
@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ file with the profile also needs to be moved.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Only certain settings can be used in a VG or LV profile, see:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type profilable-metadata.
+.B lvmconfig --type profilable-metadata.
 
 .IP \[bu] 2
 An LV without a profile of its own will inherit the VG profile.
@@ -967,9 +967,9 @@ Remove a profile from an LV using the command:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Commands can also have profiles applied to them.  The settings that can be
 applied to a command are different than the settings that can be applied
-to a VG or LV.  See lvmconfig \-\-type profilable\-command.  To apply a
+to a VG or LV.  See lvmconfig --type profilable-command.  To apply a
 profile to a command, write a profile, save it in the profile directory,
-and run the command using the option: \-\-commandprofile ProfileName.
+and run the command using the option: --commandprofile ProfileName.
 
 
 .SS Zeroing
@@ -978,20 +978,20 @@ and run the command using the option: \-\-commandprofile ProfileName.
 
 When a thin pool provisions a new data block for a thin LV, the
 new block is first overwritten with zeros.  The zeroing mode is
-indicated by the "z" attribute displayed by lvs.  The option \-Z
-(or \-\-zero) can be added to commands to specify the zeroing mode.
+indicated by the "z" attribute displayed by lvs.  The option -Z
+(or --zero) can be added to commands to specify the zeroing mode.
 
 Command to set the zeroing mode when creating a thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin\-pool \-Z{y|n}
+.B lvconvert --type thin-pool -Z{y|n}
 .br
 .RS
-.B \-\-poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
+.B --poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
 .RE
 
 Command to change the zeroing mode of an existing thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-Z{y|n} VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvchange -Z{y|n} VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 If zeroing mode is changed from "n" to "y", previously provisioned
 blocks are not zeroed.
@@ -1024,27 +1024,27 @@ mode.
 
 Command to display the current discard mode of a thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvs \-o+discards VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvs -o+discards VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 Command to set the discard mode when creating a thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvconvert \-\-discards {ignore|nopassdown|passdown}
+.B lvconvert --discards {ignore|nopassdown|passdown}
 .br
 .RS
-.B \-\-type thin\-pool \-\-poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
+.B --type thin-pool --poolmetadata VG/ThinMetaLV VG/ThinDataLV
 .RE
 
 Command to change the discard mode of an existing thin pool LV:
 .br
-.B lvchange \-\-discards {ignore|nopassdown|passdown} VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvchange --discards {ignore|nopassdown|passdown} VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvs \-o name,discards vg/pool0
+# lvs -o name,discards vg/pool0
 pool0 passdown
 
-# lvchange \-\-discards ignore vg/pool0
+# lvchange --discards ignore vg/pool0
 .fi
 
 .BR lvm.conf (5)
@@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ controls the default discards mode used when creating a thin pool.
 \&
 
 The size of data blocks managed by a thin pool can be specified with the
-\-\-chunksize option when the thin pool LV is created.  The default unit
+--chunksize option when the thin pool LV is created.  The default unit
 is KiB. The value must be a multiple of 64KiB between 64KiB and 1GiB.
 
 When a thin pool is used primarily for the thin provisioning feature, a
@@ -1067,12 +1067,12 @@ reduces copying time and consumes less space.
 
 Command to display the thin pool LV chunk size:
 .br
-.B lvs \-o+chunksize VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvs -o+chunksize VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvs \-o name,chunksize
+# lvs -o name,chunksize
   pool0 64.00k
 .fi
 
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ controls the default chunk size used when creating a thin pool.
 
 The default value is shown by:
 .br
-.B lvmconfig \-\-type default allocation/thin_pool_chunk_size
+.B lvmconfig --type default allocation/thin_pool_chunk_size
 
 
 .SS Size of pool metadata LV
@@ -1096,10 +1096,10 @@ need a larger metadata LV.  Thin pool metadata LV sizes can be from 2MiB
 to 16GiB.
 
 When using lvcreate to create what will become a thin metadata LV, the
-size is specified with the \-L|\-\-size option.
+size is specified with the -L|--size option.
 
 When an LVM command automatically creates a thin metadata LV, the size is
-specified with the \-\-poolmetadatasize option.  When this option is not
+specified with the --poolmetadatasize option.  When this option is not
 given, LVM automatically chooses a size based on the data size and chunk
 size.
 
@@ -1119,14 +1119,14 @@ to take thin snapshots of external, read only LVs.  Writes to the
 snapshot are stored in the thin pool, and the external LV is used
 to read unwritten parts of the thin snapshot.
 
-.B lvcreate \-n SnapLV \-s VG/ExternalOriginLV \-\-thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvcreate -n SnapLV -s VG/ExternalOriginLV --thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvchange \-an vg/lve
-# lvchange \-\-permission r vg/lve
-# lvcreate \-n snaplve \-s vg/lve \-\-thinpool vg/pool0
+# lvchange -an vg/lve
+# lvchange --permission r vg/lve
+# lvcreate -n snaplve -s vg/lve --thinpool vg/pool0
 
 # lvs vg/lve vg/snaplve
   LV      VG  Attr       LSize  Pool  Origin Data%
@@ -1144,29 +1144,29 @@ standard LV.  At the same time, the existing LV is converted to a
 read only external LV with a new name.  Unwritten portions of the
 thin LV are read from the external LV.
 The new name given to the existing LV can be specified with
-\-\-originname, otherwise the existing LV will be given a default
+--originname, otherwise the existing LV will be given a default
 name, e.g. lvol#.
 
 Convert ExampleLV into a read only external LV with the new name
 NewExternalOriginLV, and create a new thin LV that is given the previous
 name of ExampleLV.
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-type thin \-\-thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvconvert --type thin --thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
 .br
 .RS
-.B \-\-originname NewExternalOriginLV VG/ExampleLV
+.B --originname NewExternalOriginLV VG/ExampleLV
 .RE
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-n lv_example \-L 10G vg
+# lvcreate -n lv_example -L 10G vg
 
 # lvs
   lv_example      vg          -wi-a-----  10.00g
 
-# lvconvert \-\-type thin \-\-thinpool vg/pool0
-          \-\-originname lv_external \-\-thin vg/lv_example
+# lvconvert --type thin --thinpool vg/pool0
+          --originname lv_external --thin vg/lv_example
 
 # lvs
   LV              VG          Attr       LSize   Pool  Origin
@@ -1184,18 +1184,18 @@ rather than using lvconvert on existing LVs.
 This one command creates a thin data LV, a thin metadata LV,
 and combines the two into a thin pool LV.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type thin\-pool \-L LargeSize \-n ThinPoolLV VG
+.B lvcreate --type thin-pool -L LargeSize -n ThinPoolLV VG
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-\-type thin\-pool \-L8M -n pool0 vg
+# lvcreate --type thin-pool -L8M -n pool0 vg
 
 # lvs vg/pool0
   LV    VG  Attr       LSize Pool Origin Data%
   pool0 vg  twi-a-tz-- 8.00m               0.00
 
-# lvs \-a
+# lvs -a
   pool0           vg          twi-a-tz--   8.00m
   [pool0_tdata]   vg          Twi-ao----   8.00m
   [pool0_tmeta]   vg          ewi-ao----   8.00m
@@ -1211,27 +1211,27 @@ lvcreate command.  This one command creates a thin data LV,
 a thin metadata LV, combines the two into a thin pool LV,
 and creates a thin LV in the new pool.
 .br
-\-L LargeSize specifies the physical size of the thin pool LV.
+-L LargeSize specifies the physical size of the thin pool LV.
 .br
-\-V VirtualSize specifies the virtual size of the thin LV.
+-V VirtualSize specifies the virtual size of the thin LV.
 
-.B lvcreate \-\-type thin \-V VirtualSize \-L LargeSize
+.B lvcreate --type thin -V VirtualSize -L LargeSize
 .RS
-.B \-n ThinLV \-\-thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B -n ThinLV --thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
 .RE
 
 Equivalent to:
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-\-type thin\-pool \-L LargeSize VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvcreate --type thin-pool -L LargeSize VG/ThinPoolLV
 .br
-.B lvcreate \-n ThinLV \-V VirtualSize \-\-thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
+.B lvcreate -n ThinLV -V VirtualSize --thinpool VG/ThinPoolLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
 .nf
-# lvcreate \-L8M \-V2G \-n thin1 \-\-thinpool vg/pool0
+# lvcreate -L8M -V2G -n thin1 --thinpool vg/pool0
 
-# lvs \-a
+# lvs -a
   pool0           vg          twi-a-tz--   8.00m
   [pool0_tdata]   vg          Twi-ao----   8.00m
   [pool0_tmeta]   vg          ewi-ao----   8.00m
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ Equivalent to:
 \&
 
 A thin snapshot can be merged into its origin thin LV using the lvconvert
-\-\-merge command.  The result of a snapshot merge is that the origin thin
+--merge command.  The result of a snapshot merge is that the origin thin
 LV takes the content of the snapshot LV, and the snapshot LV is removed.
 Any content that was unique to the origin thin LV is lost after the merge.
 
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ LVs are open, e.g. mounted.  If a merge is initiated while the LVs are open,
 the effect of the merge is delayed until the origin thin LV is next
 activated.
 
-.B lvconvert \-\-merge VG/SnapLV
+.B lvconvert --merge VG/SnapLV
 
 .I Example
 .br
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ activated.
   thin1   vg Vwi-a-tz-- 100.00g pool0
   thin1s1 vg Vwi-a-tz-k 100.00g pool0 thin1
 
-# lvconvert \-\-merge vg/thin1s1
+# lvconvert --merge vg/thin1s1
 
 # lvs vg
   LV      VG Attr       LSize   Pool  Origin
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ file1 file2 file3
 # ls /mnt/Xs
 file3 file4 file5
 
-# lvconvert \-\-merge vg/thin1s1
+# lvconvert --merge vg/thin1s1
 Logical volume vg/thin1s1 contains a filesystem in use.
 Delaying merge since snapshot is open.
 Merging of thin snapshot thin1s1 will occur on next activation.
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ Merging of thin snapshot thin1s1 will occur on next activation.
 # umount /mnt/X
 # umount /mnt/Xs
 
-# lvs \-a vg
+# lvs -a vg
   LV              VG   Attr       LSize   Pool  Origin
   pool0           vg   twi-a-tz--  10.00g
   [pool0_tdata]   vg   Twi-ao----  10.00g
@@ -1308,8 +1308,8 @@ Merging of thin snapshot thin1s1 will occur on next activation.
   thin1           vg   Owi-a-tz-- 100.00g pool0
   [thin1s1]       vg   Swi-a-tz-k 100.00g pool0 thin1
 
-# lvchange \-an vg/thin1
-# lvchange \-ay vg/thin1
+# lvchange -an vg/thin1
+# lvchange -ay vg/thin1
 
 # mount /dev/vg/thin1 /mnt/X
 
@@ -1330,18 +1330,18 @@ file system on the origin LV.
 If the snapshot LV is writable, mounting will recover the log to clear the
 dummy transaction, but will require skipping the uuid check:
 
-mount /dev/VG/SnapLV /mnt \-o nouuid
+mount /dev/VG/SnapLV /mnt -o nouuid
 
 Or, the uuid can be changed on disk before mounting:
 
-xfs_admin \-U generate /dev/VG/SnapLV
+xfs_admin -U generate /dev/VG/SnapLV
 .br
 mount /dev/VG/SnapLV /mnt
 
 If the snapshot LV is readonly, the log recovery and uuid check need to be
 skipped while mounting readonly:
 
-mount /dev/VG/SnapLV /mnt \-o ro,nouuid,norecovery
+mount /dev/VG/SnapLV /mnt -o ro,nouuid,norecovery
 
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .BR lvm (8),

man/lvreduce.8_des

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 lvreduce reduces the size of an LV. The freed logical extents are returned
-to the VG to be used by other LVs. A copy\-on\-write snapshot LV can also
+to the VG to be used by other LVs. A copy-on-write snapshot LV can also
 be reduced if less space is needed to hold COW blocks. Use
 \fBlvconvert\fP(8) to change the number of data images in a RAID or
 mirrored LV.
@@ -16,4 +16,3 @@ multiple of the number of stripes.
 In the usage section below, \fB--size\fP \fISize\fP can be replaced
 with \fB--extents\fP \fINumber\fP.  See both descriptions
 the options section.
-

man/lvreduce.8_end

@@ -2,4 +2,4 @@
 
 Reduce the size of an LV by 3 logical extents:
 .br
-.B lvreduce \-l \-3 vg00/lvol1
+.B lvreduce -l -3 vg00/lvol1

man/lvreduce.8_pregen

@@ -1,22 +1,15 @@
-.TH LVREDUCE 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVREDUCE 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvreduce \- Reduce the size of a logical volume
-.P
+lvreduce - Reduce the size of a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvreduce\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvreduce reduces the size of an LV. The freed logical extents are returned
-to the VG to be used by other LVs. A copy\-on\-write snapshot LV can also
+to the VG to be used by other LVs. A copy-on-write snapshot LV can also
 be reduced if less space is needed to hold COW blocks. Use
 \fBlvconvert\fP(8) to change the number of data images in a RAID or
 mirrored LV.
@@ -33,13 +26,7 @@ multiple of the number of stripes.
 In the usage section below, \fB--size\fP \fISize\fP can be replaced
 with \fB--extents\fP \fINumber\fP.  See both descriptions
 the options section.
-
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvreduce\fP \fB-L\fP|\fB--size\fP [\fB-\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT] \fILV\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -75,7 +62,6 @@ the options section.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -126,12 +112,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -139,7 +121,6 @@ Common options for lvm:
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -147,7 +128,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -157,7 +137,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -165,7 +144,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -173,7 +151,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--extents\fP [\fB-\fP]\fINumber\fP[PERCENT]
@@ -197,7 +174,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -205,21 +181,18 @@ from the current size.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-n\fP|\fB--nofsck\fP
@@ -228,7 +201,6 @@ Do not perform fsck before resizing filesystem when filesystem
 requires it. You may need to use --force to proceed with
 this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -238,7 +210,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -246,7 +217,6 @@ ignore the devices LVM creates.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -254,7 +224,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -266,14 +235,12 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-r\fP|\fB--resizefs\fP
 .br
 Resize underlying filesystem together with the LV using fsadm(8).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-L\fP|\fB--size\fP [\fB-\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT]
@@ -286,7 +253,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -297,7 +263,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -305,14 +270,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -322,19 +285,15 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -349,14 +308,13 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 
 Reduce the size of an LV by 3 logical extents:
 .br
-.B lvreduce \-l \-3 vg00/lvol1
+.B lvreduce -l -3 vg00/lvol1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -423,4 +381,3 @@ Reduce the size of an LV by 3 logical extents:
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvremove.8_des

@@ -24,4 +24,3 @@ some intermediate LVs have been removed. The names of such historical LVs
 acquire a hyphen as a prefix (e.g. '-lvol1') and cannot be reactivated.
 Use lvremove a second time, with the hyphen, to remove the record of the
 former LV completely.
-

man/lvremove.8_end

@@ -1,11 +1,8 @@
 .SH EXAMPLES
-
 Remove an active LV without asking for confirmation.
 .br
-.B lvremove \-f vg00/lvol1
+.B lvremove -f vg00/lvol1
 
 Remove all LVs the specified VG.
 .br
 .B lvremove vg00
-
-

man/lvremove.8_pregen

@@ -1,19 +1,12 @@
-.TH LVREMOVE 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVREMOVE 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvremove \- Remove logical volume(s) from the system
-.P
+lvremove - Remove logical volume(s) from the system
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvremove\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvremove removes one or more LVs. For standard LVs, this returns the
 logical extents that were used by the LV to the VG for use by other LVs.
@@ -41,13 +34,7 @@ some intermediate LVs have been removed. The names of such historical LVs
 acquire a hyphen as a prefix (e.g. '-lvol1') and cannot be reactivated.
 Use lvremove a second time, with the hyphen, to remove the record of the
 former LV completely.
-
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvremove\fP \fIVG\fP|\fILV\fP|\fITag\fP|\fISelect\fP ...
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -79,7 +66,6 @@ former LV completely.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -130,12 +116,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -143,7 +125,6 @@ Common options for lvm:
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -151,7 +132,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -161,7 +141,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -169,7 +148,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -177,7 +155,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -185,21 +162,18 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nohistory\fP
@@ -208,7 +182,6 @@ Do not record history of LVs being removed.
 This has no effect unless the configuration setting
 metadata/record_lvs_history is enabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -218,7 +191,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -226,7 +198,6 @@ ignore the devices LVM creates.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -234,7 +205,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -246,7 +216,6 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -260,7 +229,6 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -271,7 +239,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -279,14 +246,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -296,37 +261,30 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fITag\fP
 .br
 Tag name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about tag names and using tags
 in place of a VG, LV or PV.
-
 .HP
 \fISelect\fP
 .br
 Select indicates that a required positional parameter can
 be omitted if the \fB--select\fP option is used.
 No arg appears in this position.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -341,20 +299,16 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
-
 Remove an active LV without asking for confirmation.
 .br
-.B lvremove \-f vg00/lvol1
+.B lvremove -f vg00/lvol1
 
 Remove all LVs the specified VG.
 .br
 .B lvremove vg00
-
-
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -421,4 +375,3 @@ Remove all LVs the specified VG.
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvrename.8_end

@@ -7,4 +7,3 @@ Rename "lvold" to "lvnew":
 An alternate syntax to rename "lvold" to "lvnew":
 .br
 .B lvrename vg02 lvold lvnew
-

man/lvrename.8_pregen

@@ -1,28 +1,16 @@
-.TH LVRENAME 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVRENAME 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvrename \- Rename a logical volume
-.P
+lvrename - Rename a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvrename\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvrename renames an existing LV or a historical LV (see \fBlvremove\fP for
 historical LV information.)
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvrename\fP \fIVG\fP \fILV\fP \fILV\fP\fI_new\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -30,7 +18,6 @@ historical LV information.)
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 \fBlvrename\fP \fILV\fP \fILV\fP\fI_new\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -38,7 +25,6 @@ historical LV information.)
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for command:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -53,9 +39,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -107,12 +91,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -120,7 +100,6 @@ Common options for lvm:
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -128,7 +107,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -138,7 +116,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -146,7 +123,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -154,21 +130,18 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -178,7 +151,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -186,7 +158,6 @@ ignore the devices LVM creates.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -194,7 +165,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -206,7 +176,6 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -217,7 +186,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -225,14 +193,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -242,24 +208,19 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -274,7 +235,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -286,7 +246,6 @@ Rename "lvold" to "lvnew":
 An alternate syntax to rename "lvold" to "lvnew":
 .br
 .B lvrename vg02 lvold lvnew
-
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -353,4 +312,3 @@ An alternate syntax to rename "lvold" to "lvnew":
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvresize.8_des

@@ -4,4 +4,3 @@ lvresize resizes an LV in the same way as lvextend and lvreduce. See
 In the usage section below, \fB--size\fP \fISize\fP can be replaced
 with \fB--extents\fP \fINumber\fP.  See both descriptions
 the options section.
-

man/lvresize.8_end

@@ -2,5 +2,4 @@
 
 Extend an LV by 16MB using specific physical extents:
 .br
-.B lvresize \-L+16M vg1/lv1 /dev/sda:0\-1 /dev/sdb:0\-1
-
+.B lvresize -L+16M vg1/lv1 /dev/sda:0-1 /dev/sdb:0-1

man/lvresize.8_pregen

@@ -1,21 +1,14 @@
-.TH LVRESIZE 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVRESIZE 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvresize \- Resize a logical volume
-.P
+lvresize - Resize a logical volume
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvresize\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .P
 .ad l
     \fB--alloc\fP \fBcontiguous\fP|\fBcling\fP|\fBcling_by_tags\fP|\fBnormal\fP|\fBanywhere\fP|\fBinherit\fP
@@ -120,9 +113,6 @@ lvresize \- Resize a logical volume
 .ad l
  \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
 .ad b
-
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvresize resizes an LV in the same way as lvextend and lvreduce. See
 \fBlvextend\fP(8) and \fBlvreduce\fP(8) for more information.
@@ -130,13 +120,7 @@ lvresize resizes an LV in the same way as lvextend and lvreduce. See
 In the usage section below, \fB--size\fP \fISize\fP can be replaced
 with \fB--extents\fP \fINumber\fP.  See both descriptions
 the options section.
-
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 Resize an LV by a specified size.
 .br
 .P
@@ -161,10 +145,7 @@ Resize an LV by a specified size.
 .RS 4
 [ \fIPV\fP ... ]
 .RE
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Resize an LV by specified PV extents.
 .br
@@ -179,10 +160,7 @@ Resize an LV by specified PV extents.
 [ COMMON_OPTIONS ]
 .RE
 .br
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Resize a pool metadata SubLV by a specified size.
 .br
@@ -196,10 +174,7 @@ Resize a pool metadata SubLV by a specified size.
 .RS 4
 [ \fIPV\fP ... ]
 .RE
-
---
-
-.br
+-
 
 Common options for command:
 .
@@ -243,9 +218,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--type\fP \fBlinear\fP|\fBstriped\fP|\fBsnapshot\fP|\fBmirror\fP|\fBraid\fP|\fBthin\fP|\fBcache\fP|\fBthin-pool\fP|\fBcache-pool\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -297,12 +270,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--alloc\fP \fBcontiguous\fP|\fBcling\fP|\fBcling_by_tags\fP|\fBnormal\fP|\fBanywhere\fP|\fBinherit\fP
@@ -324,7 +293,6 @@ Optional positional PV args on the command line can also be used to limit
 which PVs the command will use for allocation.
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -332,7 +300,6 @@ See \fBlvm\fP(8) for more information about allocation.
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -340,7 +307,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -350,7 +316,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -358,7 +323,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -366,7 +330,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-l\fP|\fB--extents\fP [\fB+\fP|\fB-\fP]\fINumber\fP[PERCENT]
@@ -390,7 +353,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -398,21 +360,18 @@ from the current size.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-n\fP|\fB--nofsck\fP
@@ -421,7 +380,6 @@ Do not perform fsck before resizing filesystem when filesystem
 requires it. You may need to use --force to proceed with
 this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nosync\fP
@@ -439,7 +397,6 @@ to reconstruct proper user date in case of device failures.
 raid0 and raid0_meta do not provide any data copies or parity support
 and thus do not support initial synchronization.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noudevsync\fP
@@ -449,7 +406,6 @@ from udev. It will continue irrespective of any possible udev processing
 in the background. Only use this if udev is not running or has rules that
 ignore the devices LVM creates.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--poolmetadatasize\fP [\fB+\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT]
@@ -458,7 +414,6 @@ Specifies the new size of the pool metadata LV.
 The plus prefix \fB+\fP can be used, in which case
 the value is added to the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -466,7 +421,6 @@ the value is added to the current size.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -474,7 +428,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -486,14 +439,12 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-r\fP|\fB--resizefs\fP
 .br
 Resize underlying filesystem together with the LV using fsadm(8).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-L\fP|\fB--size\fP [\fB+\fP|\fB-\fP]\fISize\fP[m|UNIT]
@@ -506,7 +457,6 @@ When the plus \fB+\fP or minus \fB-\fP prefix is used,
 the value is not an absolute size, but is relative and added or subtracted
 from the current size.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-i\fP|\fB--stripes\fP \fINumber\fP
@@ -520,11 +470,10 @@ When creating a RAID 4/5/6 LV, this number does not include the extra
 devices that are required for parity. The largest number depends on
 the RAID type (raid0: 64, raid10: 32, raid4/5: 63, raid6: 62), and
 when unspecified, the default depends on the RAID type
-(raid0: 2, raid10: 4, raid4/5: 3, raid6: 5.)
+(raid0: 2, raid10: 2, raid4/5: 3, raid6: 5.)
 To stripe a new raid LV across all PVs by default,
 see lvm.conf allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-I\fP|\fB--stripesize\fP \fISize\fP[k|UNIT]
@@ -532,7 +481,6 @@ see lvm.conf allocation/raid_stripe_all_devices.
 The amount of data that is written to one device before
 moving to the next in a striped LV.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -543,7 +491,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--type\fP \fBlinear\fP|\fBstriped\fP|\fBsnapshot\fP|\fBmirror\fP|\fBraid\fP|\fBthin\fP|\fBcache\fP|\fBthin-pool\fP|\fBcache-pool\fP
@@ -559,7 +506,6 @@ is inferred from other options or shortcuts
 (e.g. --stripes, --mirrors, --snapshot, --virtualsize, --thin, --cache).
 Use inferred types with care because it can lead to unexpected results.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -567,14 +513,12 @@ Use inferred types with care because it can lead to unexpected results.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -584,8 +528,6 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
@@ -593,7 +535,6 @@ Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
 LV followed by _<type> indicates that an LV of the
 given type is required. (raid represents raid<N> type)
-
 .HP
 \fIPV\fP
 .br
@@ -604,12 +545,10 @@ of physical extents (PEs). When the first PE is omitted, it defaults
 to the start of the device, and when the last PE is omitted it defaults to end.
 Start and end range (inclusive): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB-\fP\fIPE\fP]...
 Start and length range (counting from 0): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB+\fP\fIPE\fP]...
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -624,15 +563,13 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 
 Extend an LV by 16MB using specific physical extents:
 .br
-.B lvresize \-L+16M vg1/lv1 /dev/sda:0\-1 /dev/sdb:0\-1
-
+.B lvresize -L+16M vg1/lv1 /dev/sda:0-1 /dev/sdb:0-1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -699,4 +636,3 @@ Extend an LV by 16MB using specific physical extents:
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvs.8_end

@@ -73,4 +73,3 @@ Related to Thin Logical Volumes: (F)ailed.
 is permitted at all.
 .IP 10 3
 s(k)ip activation: this volume is flagged to be skipped during activation.
-

man/lvs.8_pregen

@@ -1,29 +1,17 @@
-.TH LVS 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVS 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvs \- Display information about logical volumes
-.P
+lvs - Display information about logical volumes
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvs\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvs produces formatted output about LVs.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvs\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -142,7 +130,6 @@ lvs produces formatted output about LVs.
 [ \fIVG\fP|\fILV\fP|\fITag\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -193,19 +180,14 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--aligned\fP
 .br
 Use with --separator to align the output columns
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--all\fP
@@ -214,7 +196,6 @@ Show information about internal LVs.
 These are components of normal LVs, such as mirrors,
 which are not independently accessible, e.g. not mountable.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--binary\fP
@@ -223,7 +204,6 @@ Use binary values "0" or "1" instead of descriptive literal values
 for columns that have exactly two valid values to report (not counting
 the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -231,7 +211,6 @@ the "unknown" value which denotes that the value could not be determined).
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -241,14 +220,12 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--configreport\fP \fBlog\fP|\fBvg\fP|\fBlv\fP|\fBpv\fP|\fBpvseg\fP|\fBseg\fP
 .br
 See lvmreport(7).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -256,7 +233,6 @@ See lvmreport(7).
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -264,7 +240,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--foreign\fP
@@ -272,14 +247,12 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Report/display foreign VGs that would otherwise be skipped.
 See lvmsystemid(7) for more information about foreign VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-H\fP|\fB--history\fP
@@ -288,7 +261,6 @@ Include historical LVs in the output.
 (This has no effect unless LVs were removed while
 lvm.conf metadata/record_lvs_history was enabled.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
@@ -296,7 +268,6 @@ lvm.conf metadata/record_lvs_history was enabled.
 Allows a command to continue with read-only metadata
 operations after locking failures.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreskippedcluster\fP
@@ -304,21 +275,18 @@ operations after locking failures.
 Use to avoid exiting with an non-zero status code if the command is run
 without clustered locking and clustered VGs are skipped.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--logonly\fP
 .br
 Suppress command report and display only log report.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nameprefixes\fP
@@ -327,7 +295,6 @@ Add an "LVM2_" prefix plus the field name to the output. Useful
 with --noheadings to produce a list of field=value pairs that can
 be used to set environment variables (for example, in udev rules).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--noheadings\fP
@@ -335,14 +302,12 @@ be used to set environment variables (for example, in udev rules).
 Suppress the headings line that is normally the first line of output.
 Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nolocking\fP
 .br
 Disable locking.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--nosuffix\fP
@@ -350,7 +315,6 @@ Disable locking.
 Suppress the suffix on output sizes. Use with --units
 (except h and H) if processing the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-o\fP|\fB--options\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -361,7 +325,8 @@ The prefix \fB+\fP will append the specified fields to the default fields,
 \fB-\fP will remove the specified fields from the default fields, and
 \fB#\fP will compact specified fields (removing them when empty for all rows.)
 Use \fB-o help\fP to view the list of all available fields.
-The -o option can be repeated, providing several lists.
+Use separate lists of fields to add, remove or compact by repeating the -o option:
+-o+field1,field2 -o-field3,field4 -o#field5.
 These lists are evaluated from left to right.
 Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 \fBvg_all\fP all VG fields,
@@ -372,7 +337,6 @@ Use field name \fBlv_all\fP to view all LV fields,
 See the lvm.conf report section for more config options.
 See lvmreport(7) for more information about reporting.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-P\fP|\fB--partial\fP
@@ -382,7 +346,6 @@ that are only partially available (one or more PVs belonging
 to the VG are missing from the system). Metadata may not be
 changed with this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -390,7 +353,6 @@ changed with this option.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -398,7 +360,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--readonly\fP
@@ -413,7 +374,6 @@ will be made to communicate with the device-mapper kernel driver, so
 this option is unable to report whether or not LVs are
 actually in use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -425,21 +385,18 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--rows\fP
 .br
 Output columns as rows.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--segments\fP
 .br
 Use default columns that emphasize segment information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -453,14 +410,12 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--separator\fP \fIString\fP
 .br
 String to use to separate each column. Useful if grepping the output.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--shared\fP
@@ -469,7 +424,6 @@ Report/display shared VGs that would otherwise be skipped when
 lvmlockd is not being used on the host.
 See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-O\fP|\fB--sort\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -477,7 +431,6 @@ See lvmlockd(8) for more information about shared VGs.
 Comma-separated ordered list of columns to sort by. Replaces the default
 selection. Precede any column with \fB-\fP for a reverse sort on that column.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -488,21 +441,18 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--trustcache\fP
 .br
 Avoids certain device scanning during command processing. Do not use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unbuffered\fP
 .br
 Produce output immediately without sorting or aligning the columns properly.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--units\fP \fBr\fP|\fBR\fP|\fBh\fP|\fBH\fP|\fBb\fP|\fBB\fP|\fBs\fP|\fBS\fP|\fBk\fP|\fBK\fP|\fBm\fP|\fBM\fP|\fBg\fP|\fBG\fP|\fBt\fP|\fBT\fP|\fBp\fP|\fBP\fP|\fBe\fP|\fBE\fP
@@ -514,7 +464,6 @@ human-(r)eadable with '<' rounding indicator,
 Capitalise to use multiples of 1000 (S.I.) instead of 1024.
 Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--unquoted\fP
@@ -522,7 +471,6 @@ Custom units can be specified, e.g. --units 3M.
 When used with --nameprefixes, output values in the field=value
 pairs are not quoted.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -530,14 +478,12 @@ pairs are not quoted.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -547,30 +493,24 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIVG\fP
 .br
 Volume Group name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fITag\fP
 .br
 Tag name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about tag names and using tags
 in place of a VG, LV or PV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -585,7 +525,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH NOTES
@@ -663,7 +602,6 @@ Related to Thin Logical Volumes: (F)ailed.
 is permitted at all.
 .IP 10 3
 s(k)ip activation: this volume is flagged to be skipped during activation.
-
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -730,4 +668,3 @@ s(k)ip activation: this volume is flagged to be skipped during activation.
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/lvscan.8_pregen

@@ -1,33 +1,21 @@
-.TH LVSCAN 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH LVSCAN 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-lvscan \- List all logical volumes in all volume groups
-.P
+lvscan - List all logical volumes in all volume groups
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvscan\fP \fIoption_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
     [ \fIposition_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 lvscan scans all VGs or all supported LVM block devices in the system for
 LVs. The output consists of one line for each LV indicating whether or not
 it is active, a snapshot or origin, the size of the device and its
 allocation policy. Use \fBlvs\fP(8) or \fBlvdisplay\fP(8) to obtain more
 comprehensive information about LVs.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBlvscan\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -39,7 +27,6 @@ comprehensive information about LVs.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 \fBlvscan\fP \fB--cache\fP
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -50,7 +37,6 @@ comprehensive information about LVs.
 [ \fILV\fP ... ]
 .RE
 
-
 Common options for command:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -73,9 +59,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -127,12 +111,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--all\fP
@@ -141,21 +121,18 @@ Show information about internal LVs.
 These are components of normal LVs, such as mirrors,
 which are not independently accessible, e.g. not mountable.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-b\fP|\fB--blockdevice\fP
 .br
 No longer used.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--cache\fP
 .br
 Scan the devices used by an LV and send the metadata to lvmetad.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -163,7 +140,6 @@ Scan the devices used by an LV and send the metadata to lvmetad.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -173,7 +149,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -181,7 +156,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -189,14 +163,12 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignorelockingfailure\fP
@@ -204,14 +176,12 @@ Display help text.
 Allows a command to continue with read-only metadata
 operations after locking failures.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-P\fP|\fB--partial\fP
@@ -221,7 +191,6 @@ that are only partially available (one or more PVs belonging
 to the VG are missing from the system). Metadata may not be
 changed with this option.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -229,7 +198,6 @@ changed with this option.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -237,7 +205,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--readonly\fP
@@ -252,7 +219,6 @@ will be made to communicate with the device-mapper kernel driver, so
 this option is unable to report whether or not LVs are
 actually in use.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -264,7 +230,6 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -275,7 +240,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -283,14 +247,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -300,19 +262,15 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fILV\fP
 .br
 Logical Volume name.  See \fBlvm\fP(8) for valid names.
 An LV positional arg generally includes the VG name and LV name, e.g. VG/LV.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -327,7 +285,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH SEE ALSO
@@ -396,4 +353,3 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/pvchange.8_end

@@ -3,4 +3,4 @@
 Disallow the allocation of physical extents on a PV (e.g. because of
 disk errors, or because it will be removed after freeing it).
 .br
-.B pvchange \-x n /dev/sdk1
+.B pvchange -x n /dev/sdk1

man/pvchange.8_pregen

@@ -1,27 +1,15 @@
-.TH PVCHANGE 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH PVCHANGE 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-pvchange \- Change attributes of physical volume(s)
-.P
+pvchange - Change attributes of physical volume(s)
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBpvchange\fP \fIoption_args\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 pvchange changes PV attributes in the VG.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 Change properties of all PVs.
 .br
 .P
@@ -55,7 +43,6 @@ Change properties of all PVs.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Change properties of specified PVs.
 .br
 .P
@@ -92,7 +79,6 @@ Change properties of specified PVs.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for command:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -115,9 +101,7 @@ Common options for command:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-.br
 
 Common options for lvm:
 .
@@ -169,12 +153,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--addtag\fP \fITag\fP
@@ -182,20 +162,17 @@ Common options for lvm:
 Adds a tag to a PV, VG or LV. This option can be repeated to add
 multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-a\fP|\fB--all\fP
 .br
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-x\fP|\fB--allocatable\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
 .br
 Enable or disable allocation of physical extents on this PV.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-A\fP|\fB--autobackup\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -203,7 +180,6 @@ Enable or disable allocation of physical extents on this PV.
 Specifies if metadata should be backed up automatically after a change.
 Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -211,7 +187,6 @@ Enabling this is strongly advised! See vgcfgbackup(8) for more information.
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -221,7 +196,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -229,7 +203,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--deltag\fP \fITag\fP
@@ -237,7 +210,6 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 Deletes a tag from a PV, VG or LV. This option can be repeated to delete
 multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -245,7 +217,6 @@ multiple tags at once. See lvm(8) for information about tags.
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-f\fP|\fB--force\fP ...
@@ -253,14 +224,12 @@ For testing and debugging.
 Override various checks, confirmations and protections.
 Use with extreme caution.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--ignoreskippedcluster\fP
@@ -268,14 +237,12 @@ Display help text.
 Use to avoid exiting with an non-zero status code if the command is run
 without clustered locking and clustered VGs are skipped.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--metadataignore\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -285,7 +252,6 @@ If yes, metadata areas on the PV are ignored, and lvm will
 not store metadata in the metadata areas of the PV.
 If no, lvm will store metadata on the PV.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -293,7 +259,6 @@ If no, lvm will store metadata on the PV.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -301,7 +266,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--reportformat\fP \fBbasic\fP|\fBjson\fP
@@ -313,7 +277,6 @@ If there is more than one report per command, each report is prefixed
 with the report name for identification. \fBjson\fP produces report
 output in JSON format. See \fBlvmreport\fP(7) for more information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-S\fP|\fB--select\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -327,7 +290,6 @@ showing 1 if the row matches the selection and 0 otherwise.
 For non-reporting commands which process LVM entities, the selection is
 used to choose items to process.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -338,14 +300,12 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-u\fP|\fB--uuid\fP
 .br
 Generate new random UUID for specified PVs.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -353,14 +313,12 @@ Generate new random UUID for specified PVs.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -370,8 +328,6 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIPV\fP
 .br
@@ -382,19 +338,16 @@ of physical extents (PEs). When the first PE is omitted, it defaults
 to the start of the device, and when the last PE is omitted it defaults to end.
 Start and end range (inclusive): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB-\fP\fIPE\fP]...
 Start and length range (counting from 0): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB+\fP\fIPE\fP]...
-
 .HP
 \fISelect\fP
 .br
 Select indicates that a required positional parameter can
 be omitted if the \fB--select\fP option is used.
 No arg appears in this position.
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -409,7 +362,6 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
@@ -417,7 +369,7 @@ For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG paramete
 Disallow the allocation of physical extents on a PV (e.g. because of
 disk errors, or because it will be removed after freeing it).
 .br
-.B pvchange \-x n /dev/sdk1
+.B pvchange -x n /dev/sdk1
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -484,4 +436,3 @@ disk errors, or because it will be removed after freeing it).
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/pvck.8_end

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 If the partition table is corrupted or lost on /dev/sda, and you suspect
 there was an LVM partition at approximately 100 MiB, then this
-area of the disk can be scanned using the \fB\-\-labelsector\fP
+area of the disk can be scanned using the \fB--labelsector\fP
 parameter with a value of 204800 (100 * 1024 * 1024 / 512 = 204800).
 .br
-.B pvck \-\-labelsector 204800 /dev/sda
+.B pvck --labelsector 204800 /dev/sda

man/pvck.8_pregen

@@ -1,27 +1,15 @@
-.TH PVCK 8 "LVM TOOLS 2.02.169(2)-git (2016-11-30)" "Red Hat, Inc."
+.TH PVCK 8 "LVM TOOLS #VERSION#" "Red Hat, Inc."
 .SH NAME
-.
-pvck \- Check the consistency of physical volume(s)
-.P
+pvck - Check the consistency of physical volume(s)
 .
 .SH SYNOPSIS
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBpvck\fP \fIposition_args\fP
 .br
     [ \fIoption_args\fP ]
 .br
-.P
-
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 pvck checks the LVM metadata for consistency on PVs.
-
-.P
 .SH USAGE
-.br
-.P
-.
 \fBpvck\fP \fIPV\fP ...
 .br
 .RS 4
@@ -33,7 +21,6 @@ pvck checks the LVM metadata for consistency on PVs.
 .RE
 .br
 
-
 Common options for lvm:
 .
 .RS 4
@@ -84,12 +71,8 @@ Common options for lvm:
 .ad l
 [    \fB--version\fP ]
 .ad b
-
 .RE
-
 .SH OPTIONS
-.br
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--commandprofile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -97,7 +80,6 @@ Common options for lvm:
 The command profile to use for command configuration.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about profiles.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--config\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -107,7 +89,6 @@ The String arg uses the same format as lvm.conf,
 or may use section/field syntax.
 See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-d\fP|\fB--debug\fP ...
@@ -115,7 +96,6 @@ See \fBlvm.conf\fP(5) for more information about config.
 Set debug level. Repeat from 1 to 6 times to increase the detail of
 messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--driverloaded\fP \fBy\fP|\fBn\fP
@@ -123,14 +103,12 @@ messages sent to the log file and/or syslog (if configured).
 If set to no, the command will not attempt to use device-mapper.
 For testing and debugging.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-h\fP|\fB--help\fP
 .br
 Display help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--labelsector\fP \fINumber\fP
@@ -140,14 +118,12 @@ sector (sector 1). This lets you use a different sector near the
 start of the disk (between 0 and 3 inclusive - see LABEL_SCAN_SECTORS
 in the source). Use with care.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--longhelp\fP
 .br
 Display long help text.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--profile\fP \fIString\fP
@@ -155,7 +131,6 @@ Display long help text.
 An alias for --commandprofile or --metadataprofile, depending
 on the command.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-q\fP|\fB--quiet\fP ...
@@ -163,7 +138,6 @@ on the command.
 Suppress output and log messages. Overrides --debug and --verbose.
 Repeat once to also suppress any prompts with answer no.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-t\fP|\fB--test\fP
@@ -174,7 +148,6 @@ returning success to the calling function. This may lead to unusual
 error messages in multi-stage operations if a tool relies on reading
 back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-v\fP|\fB--verbose\fP ...
@@ -182,14 +155,12 @@ back metadata it believes has changed but hasn't.
 Set verbose level. Repeat from 1 to 4 times to increase the detail
 of messages sent to stdout and stderr.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB--version\fP
 .br
 Display version information.
 .ad b
-
 .HP
 .ad l
 \fB-y\fP|\fB--yes\fP
@@ -199,8 +170,6 @@ answer yes. Use with extreme caution.
 (For automatic no, see -qq.)
 .ad b
 .SH VARIABLES
-.br
-
 .HP
 \fIPV\fP
 .br
@@ -211,12 +180,10 @@ of physical extents (PEs). When the first PE is omitted, it defaults
 to the start of the device, and when the last PE is omitted it defaults to end.
 Start and end range (inclusive): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB-\fP\fIPE\fP]...
 Start and length range (counting from 0): \fIPV\fP[\fB:\fP\fIPE\fP\fB+\fP\fIPE\fP]...
-
 .HP
 \fIString\fP
 .br
 See the option description for information about the string content.
-
 .HP
 \fISize\fP[UNIT]
 .br
@@ -231,17 +198,16 @@ p|P is petabytes, e|E is exabytes.
 (This should not be confused with the output control --units, where
 capital letters mean multiple of 1000.)
 .SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
-.br
 See \fBlvm\fP(8) for information about environment variables used by lvm.
 For example, LVM_VG_NAME can generally be substituted for a required VG parameter.
 .SH EXAMPLES
 
 If the partition table is corrupted or lost on /dev/sda, and you suspect
 there was an LVM partition at approximately 100 MiB, then this
-area of the disk can be scanned using the \fB\-\-labelsector\fP
+area of the disk can be scanned using the \fB--labelsector\fP
 parameter with a value of 204800 (100 * 1024 * 1024 / 512 = 204800).
 .br
-.B pvck \-\-labelsector 204800 /dev/sda
+.B pvck --labelsector 204800 /dev/sda
 .SH SEE ALSO
 
 .BR lvm (8)
@@ -308,4 +274,3 @@ parameter with a value of 204800 (100 * 1024 * 1024 / 512 = 204800).
 .BR lvmraid (7)
 .BR lvmthin (7)
 .BR lvmcache (7)
-

man/pvcreate.8_end

@@ -9,5 +9,4 @@ partitioning (sector 7 is the lowest aligned logical block, the 4KiB
 sectors start at LBA -1, and consequently sector 63 is aligned on a 4KiB
 boundary) manually account for this when initializing for use by LVM.
 .br
-.B pvcreate \-\-dataalignmentoffset 7s /dev/sdb
-
+.B pvcreate --dataalignmentoffset 7s /dev/sdb